As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 30, 2002.

Registration No. 333-99225


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
         
Delaware   7322   75-3078675
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation
or organization)
  (Primary standard industrial
classification code number)
  (I.R.S. employer identification number)


120 Corporate Boulevard

Norfolk, Virginia 23502
(888) 772-7326
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)


Steven D. Fredrickson

Chairman of the Board,
Chief Executive Officer and President
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
120 Corporate Boulevard
Norfolk, Virginia 23502
(888) 772-7326
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

     
Charles I. Weissman, Esq.
Swidler Berlin Shereff Friedman, LLP
405 Lexington Avenue, 12th Floor
New York, New York 10174
(212) 973-0111
  Jon A. Ballis, Esq.
Sidley Austin Brown & Wood
Bank One Plaza, 10 South Dearborn Street
Chicago, Illinois 60603
(312) 853-7000

     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.


     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:     o

     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

o               

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

o               

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

o               

     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.     o


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

         


Title of Each Class of Proposed Maximum Aggregate
Securities to be Registered Offering Price(1)(2) Amount of Registration Fee(3)

Common Stock, $0.01 par value
  $55,867,000   $5,290.00


(1)  This amount represents the proposed aggregate offering price of the securities registered hereunder to be sold by the registrant and the selling stockholder. These figures are estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
(2)  Includes 520,500 shares of common stock that the underwriters have an option to purchase solely to cover over-allotments, if any.

(3) Previously paid.

     The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 30, 2002

PROSPECTUS
3,470,000 Shares

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC. LOGO

Common Stock


        This is the initial public offering of 3,470,000 shares of common stock issued by Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.

      We expect that the initial public offering price will be between $12.00 and $14.00 per share of common stock. The market price of the shares after this offering may be higher or lower than this offering price.

      We have applied to have our shares of common stock approved for listing on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “PRAA.”

       Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9.


       Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined that this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


                 
Per share Total


Public offering price
    $       $  
Underwriting discount
    $       $  
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
    $       $  

      One of our stockholders, PRA Investments, L.L.C., has granted the underwriters the option to purchase up to an additional 520,500 shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments. If such shares are sold, we will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale by PRA Investments, L.L.C.


 
William Blair & Company U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray

The date of this prospectus is                               , 2002


 

Table of Contents

         
Page

Prospectus Summary
    1  
Risk Factors
    9  
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
    16  
Use Of Proceeds
    17  
Dividend Policy
    17  
Reorganization
    17  
Capitalization
    18  
Dilution
    19  
Selected Consolidated Financial Data
    20  
Management’s Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition And Results Of Operations
    22  
Business
    37  
Management
    53  
Certain Relationships And Related Transactions
    57  
Principal And Selling Stockholders
    60  
Description Of Capital Stock
    62  
Shares Eligible For Future Sale
    65  
Underwriting
    66  
Legal Matters
    68  
Experts
    68  
Where You Can Find More Information
    69  
Index To Financial Statements
    F-1  

i


 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

      You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information in this prospectus, including the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 8 regarding our company and the common stock being sold in this offering.

Overview

      We are a full-service provider of outsourced receivables management. We purchase, collect and manage portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables. Defaulted consumer receivables are the unpaid obligations of individuals to credit originators, including banks, credit unions, consumer and auto finance companies, retail merchants and other service providers. We believe that the strengths of our business are our sophisticated approach to portfolio pricing, our emphasis on collection personnel and procedures and our relationships with many of the largest consumer lenders in the United States, including 11 of the top 13 bank credit card issuers and four of the top five store credit card issuers. Our proven ability to collect defaulted consumer receivables allows us to offer credit originators a complete outsourced solution to address their defaulted consumer receivables. The defaulted consumer receivables we collect are in substantially all cases either purchased from the credit originator or are collected on behalf of clients on a commission fee basis. We intend to continue to build on our strengths and grow our business through the disciplined approach that has contributed to our success to date.

      We specialize in receivables that have been charged-off by the credit originator. Since the credit originator has unsuccessfully attempted to collect these receivables, we are able to purchase them at a substantial discount to their face value. Through June 30, 2002, we have acquired 292 portfolios with a face value of $4.2 billion for $116 million, or 2.8% of face value. Our success depends on our ability to purchase portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables at appropriate valuations and to collect on those receivables effectively and efficiently. To date, we have consistently been able to collect at a rate of 2.5 to 3.0 times our purchase price for defaulted consumer receivables portfolios, as measured over a five-year period, which has enabled us to generate increasing profits and cash flow.

      We were formed in March 1996 by four members of senior management that continue to lead us. Prior to our formation, members of the management team played key roles in the development of a defaulted consumer receivables acquisition and divestiture operation for Household Recovery Services, a subsidiary of Household International. Since our formation we have acquired and serviced portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables, and in March 2001 we commenced our third-party contingent fee collections operations to provide defaulted receivables management on a commission fee basis, receiving a percentage of the amounts collected on behalf of the client.

      We have achieved strong financial results since our formation, with cash collections growing from $5.0 million in 1997 to $53.4 million in 2001. Cash collections represent the amount of cash we have collected on our owned portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables and commission fees received by our third-party contingent fee operations. Over the life of our owned portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables, income recognized on finance receivables equals our cash collections on our owned portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables less the cash paid for these portfolios. Excluding the impact of proceeds from occasional portfolio sales, cash collections have increased every quarter since our formation. Revenue has grown from $2.8 million in 1997 to $32.3 million in 2001, a compound annual growth rate of 84%. Similarly, pro forma net income has grown from $130,000 in 1997 to $3.5 million in 2001, a compound annual growth rate of 128%. Our solid financial performance has continued into 2002. For the six month period ended June 30, 2002, cash collections were $38.0 million, revenue was $24.9 million and pro forma net income was $4.9 million, compared to cash collections of $23.7 million, revenue of $14.7 million and pro forma net income of $2.0 million for the six month period ended June 30, 2001.

1


 

Industry Overview

      The accounts receivable management industry is growing, driven by a number of industry trends, including the following:

  •   increasing levels of consumer debt obligations;
 
  •   increasing defaults of the underlying receivables; and
 
  •   increasing utilization of third-party providers to execute the recovery of defaulted receivables.

      According to the U.S. Federal Reserve Board, at June 30, 2002 consumer credit, which consists of non-real estate related short- and intermediate-term credit extended to individuals, has grown approximately 37% to $1.7 trillion from $1.2 trillion at December 31, 1997. According to the Consumer Bankers Association, the delinquency rate on non-mortgage consumer obligations reached its highest level in a decade at December 31, 2001, an approximately 33% increase from December 31, 2000. According to the Nilson Report, a credit card industry newsletter, credit originators outsourced an estimated $135 billion in defaulted consumer receivables for collection in 2000, nearly double the $73 billion outsourced for collection in 1990.

      The accounts receivable management industry (owned portfolio and contingent fee) is highly fragmented and competitive, consisting of approximately 6,000 consumer and commercial agencies. In recent years, the accounts receivable management industry has increased its use of technology in order to operate more effectively. We expect the increasing importance of technology and the associated increased capital requirements to cause challenges for many smaller participants lacking the required capital and management resources to implement and effectively utilize such technology to compete effectively and to continue to maintain regulatory standards.

Competitive Strengths

      We believe we have a number of strengths which will allow us to continue to capitalize on these industry trends, including:

  Complete Outsourced Solution for Credit Originators. We can either purchase defaulted consumer receivables from credit originators or service those receivables on their behalf for a commission fee based on a percentage of our collections. Furthermore, we can purchase or service receivables throughout the entire delinquency cycle, ranging from receivables that have only been processed for collection internally by the credit originator, to receivables that have been subject to multiple external collection efforts.
 
  Disciplined and Proprietary Underwriting Process. We use our proprietary analytical processes coupled with the experience gained through our 292 portfolio purchases to price portfolio acquisitions at levels that to date have enabled us to achieve profitable returns on our investment.
 
  Ability to Hire, Develop and Retain Productive Collectors. We place considerable focus on our ability to hire, develop and retain effective collectors who are key to our continued growth and profitability.
 
  Established Systems and Infrastructure. We have devoted significant effort to developing our systems, including statistical models, databases and reporting packages, to optimize our portfolio purchases and collection efforts.
 
  Strong Relationships with Major Credit Originators. We have done business with many of the top 25 consumer lenders in the United States, including 11 of the top 13 bank credit card issuers and four of the five largest store credit card issuers. We believe that we have earned a reputation as a reliable purchaser of defaulted consumer receivables portfolios and for collecting receivables in an effective, responsible manner, which helps to preserve the reputation of the credit originator.

2


 

  Experienced Management Team. We have an experienced management team with considerable expertise in the accounts receivable management industry.

Growth Opportunities

      We have achieved significant historical growth while maintaining a conservative capital structure and ensuring that the level of our portfolio purchases of defaulted consumer receivables is matched by our ability to collect them effectively and efficiently. Our primary objective is to continue our controlled growth. We aim to achieve this objective through the following growth strategies:

  Continue to Develop and Retain Collectors. We intend to maintain our historical controlled growth in the number of collectors we add. We expect the percentage of our collectors with more than 12 months of experience will increase, which we believe will drive our productivity and profitability.
 
  Maintain Conservative Capitalization for Portfolio Acquisitions. The additional equity capital from this offering will allow us to continue to capitalize our portfolio acquisitions conservatively.
 
  Increase Share in Growing Market. We feel that our position as a well-capitalized firm offering a complete outsourced solution to credit originators across the defaulted consumer receivables spectrum will enable us to continue to grow faster than the industry overall.
 
  Leverage Expertise into Other Asset Types. We expect to continue seeking opportunities to leverage our portfolio purchasing and collections expertise in other asset types, such as auto finance, retail finance, student loans, retail oil and gas, long-distance telephone, consumer finance and small business commercial receivables.
 
  Grow Our Contingent Fee Collections Operations. The capability to perform collections on a commission fee basis allows us to offer a complete outsourced solution to credit originators while leveraging our existing infrastructure, skill set, personnel and client relationships.
 
  Leverage Existing Infrastructure and Management Team. As a result of our substantial investments in technology, infrastructure and systems, our management team is capable of acquiring and servicing substantially larger volumes of defaulted consumer receivables without incurring proportional cost increases in fixed costs.
 
  Explore Selected Acquisitions. We will evaluate opportunities to make acquisitions of companies or group hires that would add new skill sets or bring us strong credit originator relationships, collection facilities and access to skilled collectors.

Recent Developments

  Unaudited Results for Nine Months Ended September 30, 2002. For the nine months ended September 30, 2002, cash collections increased to $59.2 million for the period, up 56% from cash collections of $38.0 million for the same period in 2001. Total revenue for the period increased to $40.2 million, up 75% from total revenue of $23.0 million for the same period in 2001. Income from operations for the period increased to $15.3 million, up 133% from income from operations of $6.6 million for the same period in 2001. Pro forma net income increased to $8.0 million for the period, up 196% from pro forma net income of $2.7 million for the same period in 2001. Acquisitions of finance receivables, at cost decreased to $26.4 million, down 3% from acquisitions of finance receivables, at cost of $27.2 million for the same period in 2001. The 2001 period included $3.5 million of acquisitions of finance receivables that were immediately resold. Through September 30, 2002 we have acquired 311 portfolios with a face value of $4.5 billion for $127 million. The financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2002 and the nine months ended September 30, 2001 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, not included in this prospectus. These financial statements include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which we consider necessary for a fair statement of our financial position and results of operations for these periods. Consolidated results of operations for the nine

3


 

  months ended September 30, 2002 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full fiscal year ending December 31, 2002.
 
  Other Recent Developments. During the quarter ended September 30, 2002, we paid $542,000 to terminate an interest rate swap agreement entered into during 2001. The termination payment is classified as an interest expense in our results for operations for the quarter ended September 30, 2002. During the same period we distributed $3.4 million to our existing equityholders to pay tax liabilities incurred as owners of membership units in Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C.

      We were initially formed as Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, on March 20, 1996. In connection with this offering, all of the membership units of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. were exchanged for a single class of the common stock of a newly formed Delaware corporation, which we named Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc., which operates through several wholly owned subsidiaries and is more fully described under the caption “Reorganization” on page 17. As used in this prospectus, all references to us mean Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. and, prior to the Reorganization, its predecessor Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. The address of our principal executive offices is 120 Corporate Boulevard, Suite 100, Norfolk, Virginia 23502, and our telephone number is (888) 772-7326. Our web site address is www.portfoliorecovery.com . You should not construe the information on our web site to be a part of this prospectus.

Risk Factors

      An investment in our common stock involves a significant degree of risk. We urge you to carefully consider all of the information described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9.

4


 

This Offering

       
Common stock offered
   
By us
  3,470,000 shares
Common stock outstanding after this offering
  13,470,000 shares (1)
Use of proceeds
  We intend to use the net proceeds that we receive from this offering to:
      •  repay outstanding indebtedness under our
credit facilities of $29.0 million
           •  establish a new call center; and
           •  fund working capital and other general corporate needs
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol
  PRAA


(1)  Excludes 2,000,000 shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options to be granted to our directors, officers and employees in accordance with our 2002 Stock Option Plan, of which 800,000 shares will be issuable pursuant to options to be granted at the time of this offering at an exercise price per share equal to the initial public offering price. Also excludes 2,235,000 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants at a weighted average exercise price of $4.30, of which 2,110,000 warrants will be fully exercisable at the time of this offering.


      Unless otherwise indicated, all share and per share data in this document assumes a one-for-one exchange of all of the membership units of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. for shares of a single class of our common stock prior to this offering and the exchange of all of outstanding warrants to purchase 2,235,000 membership units of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. for warrants to purchase 2,235,000 shares of our common stock. The only condition to the exchange of units for common stock and of the warrants is the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See “Reorganization” on page 17. All dollar amounts less than $1.0 million have been rounded to the nearest thousand. Additionally, this prospectus assumes the underwriters do not exercise the option the selling stockholder granted to them to purchase up to an additional 520,500 shares of our common stock in this offering.

5


 

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

      The following summary consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and the six months ended June 30, 2002 and as of June 30, 2002 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus which have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. The following summary consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, not included in this prospectus.

      The following summary consolidated financial data for the six months ended June 30, 2001 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus. These financial statements include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which we consider necessary for a fair statement of our financial position and results of operations for this period.

      Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2002 are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2002.

                                                           
Six Months Ended
Year Ended December 31, June 30,


1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2001 2002







(Unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)                
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenue:
                                                       
 
Income recognized on finance receivables
  $ 2,768 (1)   $ 6,815     $ 11,746     $ 18,991     $ 31,221     $ 14,407     $ 24,018  
 
Commissions
                            214             816  
 
Net gain on cash sales of defaulted consumer receivables
                322       343       901       296       100  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total revenue
    2,768       6,815       12,068       19,334       32,336       14,703       24,934  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Operating expenses:
                                                       
 
Compensation
    1,650       3,821       6,119       9,883       15,644       6,712       10,212  
 
Legal, accounting and outside fees and services
    400       839       1,493       2,583       3,627       1,561       3,242  
 
Communications
    156       318       553       871       1,645       666       929  
 
Rent and occupancy
    67       99       335       603       712       314       362  
 
Other operating expenses
    127       266       498       652       1,265       514       676  
 
Depreciation
    149       238       369       437       677       311       434  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total operating expenses
    2,549       5,581       9,367       15,029       23,570       10,078       15,855  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income from operations
    219       1,234       2,701       4,305       8,766       4,625       9,079  
Net interest expenses
    89       744       876       1,765       2,716       1,410       1,115  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income before extraordinary loss
    130       490       1,825       2,540       6,050 (2)     3,215       7,964  
Extraordinary loss
                            (424 ) (3)            
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (4)
  $ 130     $ 490     $ 1,825     $ 2,540     $ 5,626     $ 3,215     $ 7,964  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Pro forma net income before extraordinary loss
  $ 130     $ 402     $ 1,128     $ 1,639     $ 3,791     $ 2,014     $ 4,885  
Pro forma net income (5)
  $ 130     $ 402     $ 1,128     $ 1,639     $ 3,526     $ 2,014     $ 4,885  
Pro forma earnings per share before extraordinary loss
                                                       
 
Basic
                                  $ 0.38             $ 0.49  
 
Diluted
                                  $ 0.33             $ 0.43  
Pro forma net income per share (6)
                                                       
 
Basic
                                  $ 0.35             $ 0.49  
 
Diluted
                                  $ 0.31             $ 0.43  
Pro forma weighted average shares (6)
                                                       
 
Basic
                                    10,000               10,000  
 
Diluted
                                    11,458 (7)             11,486 (8)

6


 

                                                           
Six Months Ended
Year Ended December 31, June 30,


1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2001 2002







(Unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands)                
OPERATING AND OTHER
FINANCIAL DATA:
Cash collections for period (9)
  $ 4,992     $ 10,881     $ 17,362     $ 30,733     $ 53,362     $ 23,702     $ 37,997  
Operating expenses to cash collections
    51 %     51 %     54 %     49 %     44 %     43 %     42 %
Acquisitions of finance receivables, at cost
  $ 8,223     $ 11,480     $ 19,417     $ 24,663     $ 33,381     $ 12,179     $ 16,273  
Acquisitions of finance receivables, at face value
  $ 137,721     $ 324,251     $ 479,778     $ 1,004,114     $ 1,592,353     $ 790,546     $ 587,971  
Percentage increase of acquisitions of finance receivables, at cost
    N/A       40 %     69 %     27 %     35 %     62 %     34 %
Percentage increase in cash collections for period
    N/A       118 %     60 %     77 %     74 %     73 %     60 %
Percentage increase in pro forma net income for period
    N/A       209 %     181 %     45 %     115 %     360 %     143 %
Employees at period end:
                                                       
 
Total employees
    66       140       246       370       501       437       527  
 
Ratio of collection personnel to total employees (10)
    89 %     84 %     86 %     89 %     89 %     89 %     88 %
                                                         
As of June 30, 2002

As
Actual Adjusted (11)


(Dollars in thousands)
FINANCIAL POSITION DATA:
                                                       
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 8,320     $ 24,772  
Finance receivables     51,055       51,055  
Total assets     63,421       79,873  
Long-term debt     1,031       1,031  
Total debt, including capital lease obligations     27,141       2,141  
Total stockholders’ equity (12)     33,463       74,915  


  (1)  The financial statements for the year ended December 31, 1997 have been retroactively adjusted to reflect a change in accounting for the effects of the change in our revenue recognition method from the cost recovery method to the interest method effective January 1, 1998. Under the cost recovery method, no income was recognized until all acquisition costs associated with the investments were recovered. Since we had, and continue to have, a proven history of reasonably estimating the timing and degree of collectibility of our finance receivables, we adopted, effective January 1, 1998, the interest method of accounting with the guidance of AICPA Practice Bulletin 6, “Amortization of Discounts on Certain Acquired Loans,” and in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. This change in revenue recognition method had the effect of increasing income recognized from finance receivables in 1997 from $352,000 to $2.8 million and was made for consistency with the amounts presented in subsequent periods.
 
  (2)  Includes operating losses associated with the formation of our contingent fee collections operations in its first year of operations of $644,000.
 
  (3)  Incurred in connection with the early extinguishment of debt.
 
  (4)  At the time of this offering we will change our parent company legal structure from a limited liability company to a corporation. See “Reorganization.” As a limited liability company we were not subject to Federal or state corporate income taxes. Therefore, net income does not give effect to taxes.
 
  (5)  For comparison purposes, we have presented pro forma net income, which reflects income taxes assuming we had been a corporation since the time of our formation and assuming tax rates equal to the rates that would have been in effect had we been required to report tax expense in such years.
 
  (6)  Pro forma net income and pro forma weighted average shares assumes completion of the reorganization (see “Reorganization”) as if the reorganization had occurred at the beginning of the period presented.
 
  (7)  Weighted average diluted shares for the year ended December 31, 2001 include 10,000,000 basic shares and 1,457,741 common share equivalents calculated according to the treasury stock method using 2,235,000 warrants outstanding and an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00.
 
  (8)  Weighted average diluted shares for the six months ended June 30, 2002 include 10,000,000 basic shares and 1,486,128 common share equivalents calculated according to the treasury stock method using 2,235,000 warrants outstanding and an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00.

7


 

  (9)  Includes both cash collected on finance receivables and commission fees received during the relevant period.

(10)  Includes all collectors and all first-line collection supervisors.
 
(11)  Adjusted to give effect to estimated net proceeds from the sale of 3,470,000 shares of the common stock offered by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share and our anticipated repayment of approximately $29.0 million of indebtedness, $25.0 million of which existed as of June 30, 2002. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
(12)  Does not give effect to $3.4 million which was distributed to our members as a tax distribution during August and September 2002.

8


 

RISK FACTORS

      You should carefully consider the risks described below in connection with reviewing this prospectus. If any of the events referred to below actually occur, our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operation could suffer. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment. You should also refer to the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes.

Risks Related to Our Business

We may not be able to collect sufficient amounts on our defaulted consumer receivables to fund our operations

      Our business consists of acquiring and servicing receivables that consumers have failed to pay and that the credit originator has deemed uncollectible and has charged-off. The credit originators generally make numerous attempts to recover on their defaulted consumer receivables, often using a combination of in-house recovery efforts and third-party collection agencies. These defaulted consumer receivables are difficult to collect and we may not collect a sufficient amount to cover our investment associated with purchasing the defaulted consumer receivables and the costs of running our business.

Our contingent fee collections operations have a limited operating history

      Our contingent fee collections operations commenced in March 2001. These operations are in the early stages of development. Accordingly, these operations have a very limited operating history and their prospects must be considered in light of the risks and uncertainties facing early-stage companies. As of September 30, 2002, we have entered into contingent fee collection arrangements with 11 credit originators. We incurred operating pre-tax net losses of $644,000 in 2001. Although we are currently generating positive operating income for our contingent fee collections operations, our limited operating history makes prediction of future results difficult.

We may not be able to purchase defaulted consumer receivables at appropriate prices, and a decrease in our ability to purchase portfolios of receivables could adversely affect our ability to generate revenue

      If one or more credit originators stops selling defaulted receivables to us and we are otherwise unable to purchase defaulted receivables from credit originators at appropriate prices, we could lose a potential source of income and our business may be harmed.

      The availability of receivables portfolios at prices which generate an appropriate return on our investment depends on a number of factors both within and outside of our control, including the following:

  •   the continuation of current growth trends in the levels of consumer obligations;
 
  •   sales of receivables portfolios by credit originators; and
 
  •   competitive factors affecting potential purchasers and credit originators of receivables.

      Because of the length of time involved in collecting defaulted consumer receivables on acquired portfolios and the volatility in the timing of our collections, we may not be able to identify trends and make changes in our purchasing strategies in a timely manner.

      We are currently party to one “forward flow contract.” A forward flow contract is an arrangement in which we agree to purchase defaulted consumer receivables based on specific parameters from a third-party supplier on a periodic basis at a set price over a specified time period. To the extent that we are unable to renew or replace the purchased volume represented by our forward flow contract once it expires, we could lose a potential source of income and our business may be harmed.

9


 

We may not be able to renegotiate or replace our existing credit facility

      Although we anticipate repaying a significant portion of the amount outstanding under our existing credit facility with the proceeds from this offering, we currently intend to renegotiate or replace our existing credit facility. If we are unable to renegotiate or replace such facility, our growth could be adversely effected, which could negatively impact the price of our common stock.

We experience high employee turnover rates and we may not be able to hire and retain enough sufficiently trained employees to support our operations

      The accounts receivables management industry is very labor intensive and, similar to other companies in our industry, we typically experience a high rate of employee turnover. From January 1, 1999 to June 30, 2002 our annual turnover rate, excluding those employees that do not complete our six week training program, was 34%. We compete for qualified personnel with companies in our industry and in other industries. Our growth requires that we continually hire and train new collectors. A higher turnover rate among our collectors will increase our recruiting and training costs and limit the number of experienced collection personnel available to service our defaulted consumer receivables. If this were to occur, we would not be able to service our defaulted consumer receivables effectively and this would reduce our ability to continue our growth and operate profitability.

We serve markets that are highly competitive, and we may be unable to compete with businesses that may have greater resources than we have

      We face competition in both of the markets we serve — owned portfolio and contingent fee accounts receivable management — from new and existing providers of outsourced receivables management services, including other purchasers of defaulted consumer receivables portfolios, third-party contingent fee collection agencies and credit originators that manage their own defaulted consumer receivables rather than outsourcing them. The accounts receivable management industry is highly fragmented and competitive, consisting of approximately 6,000 consumer and commercial agencies, most of which compete in the contingent fee business.

      We face bidding competition in our acquisition of defaulted consumer receivables and in our placement of contingent fee receivables, and we also compete on the basis of reputation, industry experience and performance. Some of our current competitors and possible new competitors may have substantially greater financial, personnel and other resources, greater adaptability to changing market needs, longer operating histories and more established relationships in our industry than we currently have. In the future, we may not have the resources or ability to compete successfully. As there are few significant barriers for entry to new providers of contingent fee receivables management services, there can be no assurance that additional competitors with greater resources than ours will not enter our market. Moreover, there can be no assurance that our existing or potential clients will continue to outsource their defaulted consumer receivables at recent levels or at all, or that we may continue to offer competitive bids for defaulted consumer receivables portfolios. If we are unable to develop and expand our business or adapt to changing market needs as well as our current or future competitors are able to do, we may experience reduced access to defaulted consumer receivables portfolios at appropriate prices and reduced profitability.

We may not be successful at acquiring receivables of new asset types or in implementing a new pricing structure

      We may pursue the acquisition of receivables portfolios of asset types in which we have little current experience. We may not be successful in completing any acquisitions of receivables of these asset types and our limited experience in these asset types may impair our ability to collect on these receivables. This may cause us to pay too much for these receivables and consequently we may not generate a profit from these receivables portfolio acquisitions.

10


 

      In addition, we may in the future provide a service to clients in which clients will place defaulted consumer receivables with us for a specific period of time for a flat fee. This fee may be based on the number of collectors assigned to the collection of these receivables, the amount of receivables placed or other bases. We may not be successful in determining and implementing the appropriate pricing for this pricing structure, which may cause us to be unable to generate a profit from this business.

Our collections may decrease if bankruptcy filings increase

      During times of economic recession, the amount of defaulted consumer receivables generally increases, which contributes to an increase in the amount of personal bankruptcy filings. Under certain bankruptcy filings a debtor’s assets are sold to repay credit originators, but since the defaulted consumer receivables we service are generally unsecured we often would not be able to collect on those receivables. We cannot assure you that our collection experience would not decline with an increase in bankruptcy filings. If our actual collection experience with respect to a defaulted consumer receivables portfolio is significantly lower than we projected when we purchased the portfolio, our financial condition and results of operations could deteriorate.

We may make acquisitions that prove unsuccessful or strain or divert our resources

      We intend to consider acquisitions of other companies in our industry that could complement our business, including the acquisition of entities offering greater access and expertise in other asset types and markets that we do not currently serve. We have little experience in completing acquisitions of other businesses, and we may not be able to successfully complete an acquisition. If we do acquire other businesses, we may not be able to successfully integrate these businesses with our own and we may be unable to maintain our standards, controls and policies. Further, acquisitions may place additional constraints on our resources by diverting the attention of our management from other business concerns. Through acquisitions, we may enter markets in which we have no or limited experience. Moreover, any acquisition may result in a potentially dilutive issuance of equity securities, the incurrence of additional debt and amortization of expenses related intangible assets, all of which could reduce our profitability and harm our business.

We may not be able to continually replace our defaulted consumer receivables with additional receivables portfolios sufficient to operate efficiently and profitably

      To operate profitably, we must continually acquire and service a sufficient amount of defaulted consumer receivables to generate revenue that exceeds our expenses. Fixed costs such as salaries and lease or other facility costs constitute a significant portion of our overhead and, if we do not continually replace the defaulted consumer receivables portfolios we service with additional portfolios, we may have to reduce the number of our collection personnel. We would then have to rehire collection staff as we obtain additional defaulted consumer receivables portfolios. These practices could lead to:

  •   low employee morale;
 
  •   fewer experienced employees;
 
  •   higher training costs;
 
  •   disruptions in our operations;
 
  •   loss of efficiency; and
 
  •   excess costs associated with unused space in our facilities.

      Furthermore, heightened regulation of the credit card and consumer lending industry may result in decreased availability of credit to consumers, potentially leading to a future reduction in defaulted consumer receivables available for purchase from credit originators. We cannot predict how our ability to identify and purchase receivables and the quality of those receivables would be affected if there is a shift

11


 

in consumer lending practices, whether caused by changes in the regulations or accounting practices applicable to credit originators, a sustained economic downturn or otherwise.

We may not be able to manage our growth effectively

      We have expanded significantly since our formation and intend to maintain our growth focus. However, our growth will place additional demands on our resources and we cannot be sure that we will be able to manage our growth effectively. In order to successfully manage our growth, we may need to:

  •   expand and enhance our administrative infrastructure;
 
  •   continue to improve our management, financial and information systems and controls; and
 
  •   recruit, train, manage and retain our employees effectively.

      Continued growth could place a strain on our management, operations and financial resources. We cannot assure you that our infrastructure, facilities and personnel will be adequate to support our future operations or to effectively adapt to future growth. If we cannot manage our growth effectively, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

Our operations could suffer from telecommunications or technology downtime or increased costs

      Our success depends in large part on sophisticated telecommunications and computer systems. The temporary or permanent loss of our computer and telecommunications equipment and software systems, through casualty or operating malfunction, could disrupt our operations. In the normal course of our business, we must record and process significant amounts of data quickly and accurately to access, maintain and expand the databases we use for our collection activities. Any failure of our information systems or software and their backup systems would interrupt our business operations and harm our business. Our headquarters is located in a region that is susceptible to hurricane damage, which may increase the risk of disruption of information systems and telephone service for sustained periods.

      Further, our business depends heavily on services provided by various local and long distance telephone companies. A significant increase in telephone service costs or any significant interruption in telephone services could reduce our profitability or disrupt our operations and harm our business.

We may not be able to successfully anticipate, manage or adopt technological advances within our industry

      Our business relies on computer and telecommunications technologies and our ability to integrate these technologies into our business is essential to our competitive position and our success. Computer and telecommunications technologies are evolving rapidly and are characterized by short product life cycles. We may not be successful in anticipating, managing or adopting technological changes on a timely basis.

      While we believe that our existing information systems are sufficient to meet our current demands and continued expansion, our future growth may require additional investment in these systems. We depend on having the capital resources necessary to invest in new technologies to acquire and service defaulted consumer receivables. We cannot assure you that adequate capital resources will be available to us at the appropriate time.

Our senior management team is important to our continued success and the loss of one or more members of senior management could negatively affect our operations

      The loss of the services of one or more of our executive officers or key employees could disrupt our operations. We have employment agreements with Steve Fredrickson, our president, chief executive officer and chairman of our board of directors, Kevin Stevenson, our senior vice president and chief financial officer, and most of our other senior executives. We are negotiating and expect to enter into new employment agreements with all of these executives soon after the consummation of this offering. The current agreements contain, and the new agreements will contain, non-compete provisions that survive

12


 

termination of employment. However, these agreements do not and will not assure the continued services of these officers and we cannot assure you that the non-compete provisions will be enforceable. Our success depends on the continued service and performance of our executive officers, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to retain those individuals. The loss of the services of Mr. Fredrickson, Mr. Stevenson or one or more of our other executive officers could seriously impair our ability to continue to acquire or collect on defaulted consumer receivables and to manage and expand our business. We maintain key man life insurance on Steve Fredrickson.

Our ability to recover and enforce our defaulted consumer receivables may be limited under federal and state laws

      Federal and state laws may limit our ability to recover and enforce our defaulted consumer receivables regardless of any act or omission on our part. Some laws and regulations applicable to credit card issuers may preclude us from collecting on defaulted consumer receivables we purchase if the credit card issuer previously failed to comply with applicable law in generating or servicing those receivables. Collection laws and regulations also directly apply to our business. Additional consumer protection and privacy protection laws may be enacted that would impose additional requirements on the enforcement of and collection on consumer credit card receivables. Any new laws, rules or regulations that may be adopted, as well as existing consumer protection and privacy protection laws, may adversely affect our ability to collect on our defaulted consumer receivables and may harm our business. In addition, federal and state governmental bodies are considering, and may consider in the future, other legislative proposals that would regulate the collection of our defaulted consumer receivables. Although we cannot predict if or how any future legislation would impact our business, our failure to comply with any current or future laws or regulations applicable to us could limit our ability to collect on our defaulted consumer receivables, which could reduce our profitability and harm our business.

We utilize the interest method of revenue recognition for determining our income recognized on finance receivables, which is based on an analysis of projected cash flows that may prove to be less than anticipated and could lead to reductions in future revenues or impairment charges

      We utilize the interest method to determine income recognized on finance receivables. Under this method, each static pool of receivables we acquire is modeled upon its projected cash flows. A yield is then established which, when applied to the outstanding balance of the receivables, results in the recognition of income at a constant yield relative to the remaining balance in the pool of defaulted consumer receivables. Each static pool is analyzed monthly to assess the actual performance compared to that expected by the model. If differences are noted, the yield is adjusted prospectively to reflect the revised estimate of cash flows. If the accuracy of the modeling process deteriorates or there is a decline in anticipated cash flows, we would suffer reductions in future revenues or a decline in the carrying value of our receivables portfolios, which in either case would result in lower earnings in future periods and could negatively impact our stock price.

Risks Related to this Offering and Our Capital Structure

We will use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to pursue possible acquisitions of companies and for unspecified general corporate purposes; we may use these proceeds in ways with which you disagree

      We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to pursue possible acquisitions of companies and for unspecified general corporate purposes, including working capital needs. Our management will have significant discretion in the use of these funds, and you may disagree with the way these funds are utilized. We cannot assure you that proceeds dedicated to pursue possible acquisitions or for unspecified general corporate purposes will be invested to yield a significant return, or any return at all.

13


 

We do not have experience in managing a public company

      Our management team has historically operated our business as a privately held limited liability company. Our management team has never had responsibility for managing a publicly traded company.

We may incur increased costs as a result of recently enacted and proposed changes in laws and regulations

      Recently enacted and proposed changes in the laws and regulations affecting public companies, including the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and rules proposed by the SEC and by the Nasdaq Stock Market, could result in increased costs to us as we evaluate the implications of any new rules and respond to their requirements. The new rules could make it more difficult for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers. We are presently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to new and proposed rules and cannot predict or estimate the amount of the additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

Our controlling stockholder has the ability to determine the outcome of matters voted on by stockholders which will limit your rights

      Angelo, Gordon & Co., L.P. (“Angelo Gordon”), together with its affiliates, currently controls 88% of our fully diluted equity, and after this offering will control 65% of our fully diluted equity. So long as Angelo Gordon controls a majority of our fully diluted equity, it will continue to have the ability to elect our directors and determine the outcome of votes by our stockholders on corporate matters, including mergers, sales of all or substantially all of our assets, charter amendments and other matters requiring stockholder approval. In addition, in accordance with our certificate of incorporation, so long as Angelo Gordon beneficially owns 30% or more of the outstanding common stock it will have the right to call a special meeting of the stockholders. This controlling interest may have a negative impact on the market price of our common stock by discouraging third-party investors.

We cannot assure you that a market will develop for our common stock or what the market price for our common stock will be in the future and, in the event that an active trading market does not develop, you may be unable to resell your shares

      Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although we have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq National Market, there can be no assurance that such application will be approved or, if approved, an active trading market will develop or continue after this offering or that the market price of our common stock will not decline below the initial public offering price. The initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined by negotiations among us, the underwriters and representatives of the underwriters, and may not be indicative of the market price for shares of our common stock after this offering. Prices for the shares of our common stock after this offering will be determined in the market and may be influenced by many factors, including the depth and liquidity of the market for our common stock, investor perception of us and our business, the consumer credit industry as a whole and general economic and market conditions. In the event an active trading market does not develop for our common stock, you may be unable to resell your shares at or about the initial price to the public or at all.

As a new investor, you will immediately experience substantial dilution in book value as a result of this offering

      The purchasers of our common stock offered in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $7.44 per share, the amount by which the per share purchase price of the common stock offered is this offering exceeds the net book value per share of our common stock immediately

14


 

following this offering. We have outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2,235,000 shares at a weighted average exercise price of $4.30 per share, 2,110,000 of which will be vested and exercisable upon completion of this offering. You will realize further dilution as the result of exercise of these warrants.

Our certificate of incorporation, by-laws and Delaware law contain provisions that may prevent or delay a change of control or that may otherwise be in the best interest of our stockholders

      Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws contain provisions that may make it more difficult, expensive or otherwise discourage a tender offer or a change in control or takeover attempt by a third-party, even if such a transaction would be beneficial to our stockholders. The existence of these provisions may have a negative impact on the price of our common stock by discouraging third-party investors from purchasing our common stock. In particular, our certificate of incorporation and by-laws include provisions that:

  •   classify our board of directors into three groups, each of which, after an initial transition period, will serve for staggered three-year terms;
 
  •   permit a majority of the stockholders to remove our directors only for cause;
 
  •   permit our directors, and not our stockholders, to fill vacancies on our board of directors;
 
  •   require stockholders to give us advance notice to nominate candidates for election to our board of directors or to make stockholder proposals at a stockholders’ meeting;
 
  •   permit a special meeting of our stockholders be called only by approval of a majority of the directors, the chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president or the written request of 30% of our stockholders;
 
  •   permit our board of directors to issue, without approval of our stockholders, preferred stock with such terms as our board of directors may determine;
 
  •   permit the authorized number of directors to be changed only by a resolution of the board of directors; and
 
  •   require the vote of the holders of a majority of our voting shares for stockholder amendments to our by-laws.

      In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law which provides certain restrictions on business combinations between us and any party acquiring a 15% or greater interest in our voting stock other than in a transaction approved by our board of directors and, in certain cases, by our stockholders. These provisions of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws and Delaware law could delay or prevent a change in control, even if our stockholders support such proposals. Moreover, these provisions could diminish the opportunities for stockholders to participate in certain tender offers, including tender offers at prices above the then-current market value of our common stock, and may also inhibit increases in the trading price of our common stock that could result from takeover attempts or speculation.

15


 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

      This prospectus contains certain forward-looking statements. When used in this prospectus, statements which are not historical in nature, including the words “anticipate,” “estimate,” “should,” “expect,” “believe,” “intend” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements also include statements containing a projection of revenues, earnings or losses, capital expenditures, dividends, capital structure or other financial terms.

      The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are based upon our management’s beliefs, assumptions and expectations of our future operations and economic performance, taking into account currently available information. These statements are not statements of historical fact. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, some of which are not currently known to us, that may cause our actual results, performance or financial condition to be materially different from the expectations of future results, performance or financial condition we express or imply in any forward-looking statements. Some of the important factors that could cause our actual results, performance or financial condition to differ materially from expectations are:

  •   changes in the business practices of credit originators in terms of selling defaulted consumer receivables or outsourcing defaulted consumer receivables to third-party contingent fee collection agencies;
 
  •   changes in government regulations that affect our ability to collect sufficient amounts on our acquired or serviced receivables;
 
  •   our ability to employ and retain qualified employees, especially collection personnel;
 
  •   changes in the credit or capital markets, which affect our ability to borrow money or raise capital to purchase or service defaulted consumer receivables;
 
  •   the degree and nature of our competition; and
 
  •   the other factors referenced in this prospectus, without limitation, under the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.”

16


 

USE OF PROCEEDS

      We estimate that our net proceeds from the issuance and sale by us of 3,470,000 shares of our common stock, based upon an assumed offering price of $13.00 per share, will be approximately $41.5 million after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses. We will not realize any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholder.

      We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:

  •   to repay $29.0 million of currently outstanding indebtedness under our credit facilities (which indebtedness has been incurred to finance the acquisition of defaulted consumer receivables, has a weighted average interest rate of 6.37% as of June 30, 2002 and is scheduled to mature on September 15, 2005);
 
  •   to expand the capacity of our current operations by establishing a new call center at a current estimated cost of $1.9 million; and
 
  •   to fund working capital requirements and for general corporate purposes, such as the acquisition of additional defaulted consumer receivables portfolios or the pursuit of possible acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or products.

      The amount and timing of these expenditures may vary depending upon a number of factors, including but not limited to the amount of cash we generate from our operations. We may find it necessary or advisable to use portions of the net proceeds for other purposes, and we will have broad discretion in applying the balance of the net proceeds. Until we use the proceeds of this offering for the above purposes, we intend to invest the funds in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources” for additional information regarding our sources and uses of capital.

DIVIDEND POLICY

      Our board of directors sets our dividend policy. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business, but we may determine in the future to declare or pay cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then existing conditions, including our financial condition, results of operations, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant.

REORGANIZATION

      We were initially formed as Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, on March 20, 1996. As a limited liability company, Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. was treated for income tax purposes as a partnership with taxes on income generated paid by its members. In connection with this offering, all of the membership units of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. will be exchanged, simultaneously with the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, for a single class of the common stock of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc., a new Delaware corporation formed for purposes of this offering. Accordingly, the members of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. shall become the common stockholders of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc., which shall be a parent company of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. and its subsidiaries. In connection with the Reorganization, (i) each issued and outstanding membership unit of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. will be exchanged for one share of common stock of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. and (ii) warrants to purchase 2,235,000 membership units of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. at a weighted average exercise price of $4.30 per unit will be exchanged for warrants to purchase 2,235,000 shares of common stock of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. at a weighted average exercise price of $4.30 per share. The only condition precedent to this exchange and the Reorganization is the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

17


 

CAPITALIZATION

      The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2002 on (i) an actual basis, without giving effect to the Reorganization, (ii) on a pro forma basis, giving effect to the Reorganization and (iii) on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the sale of 3,470,000 shares of common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share (excluding our estimated offering expenses and underwriting discounts) and our anticipated repayment of approximately $29.0 million of indebtedness.

      You should read the following capitalization data in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds”, “Reorganization”, “Selected Financial Data”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and the other financial data included elsewhere in this prospectus.

                           
June 30, 2002

Pro Forma
Actual Pro Forma (1) As Adjusted
(Dollars in thousands)


Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 8,320     $ 8,320     $ 24,772  
     
     
     
 
 
Total debt, including capital lease obligations
    27,141 (1)     27,141 (2)     2,141  
     
     
     
 
Members’/Stockholders’ Equity:
                       
 
Members’ equity
    33,897              
 
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 2,000,000 authorized; no shares issued and outstanding
                 
 
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 30,000,000 authorized; no shares issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 issued and outstanding, pro forma; 13,470,000 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
          100       135  
 
Additional paid-in capital
            33,797       75,214  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    (434 )     (434 )     (434 )
     
     
     
 
Total equity
    33,463       33,463       74,915  
     
     
     
 
Total capitalization
  $ 60,604     $ 60,604     $ 77,056  
     
     
     
 


(1)  The pro forma adjustments gives effect to the Reorganization pursuant to which 10,000,000 membership units of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. (representing all of its outstanding membership units) will be exchanged for 10,000,000 shares of a single class of our common stock. This results in the elimination of the members’ equity line item, an increase in the common stock line item of $100,000 and an increase of additional paid in capital of $33.8 million.
 
(2)  Total debt, including capital lease obligations includes $25.0 million outstanding on a revolving line of credit which expires on September 15, 2005, long-term debt of $1.0 million with various maturities through 2007, capital lease obligations of $675,000 and a liability of $434,000 attributable to an interest rate hedge agreement which expires in May 2004. As of the date of this prospectus, the amount outstanding on our revolving line of credit is $29.0 million.

      The table above excludes 2,000,000 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2002 Stock Option Plan, of which 800,000 shares will be subject to options to be granted at the time of this offering at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price, and 2,235,000 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants at a weighted average exercise price of $4.30 per share, 2,110,000 of which will be exercisable after this offering.

18


 

DILUTION

      As of June 30, 2002, after giving effect to the Reorganization, our net tangible book value was approximately $33.5 million, or approximately $3.35 per share of our common stock. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total assets less intangible assets and less our total liabilities, divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding. We had no intangible assets on our books as of June 30, 2002.

      After giving effect to the sale of common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share and our estimated receipt of the net proceeds from the sale, our net tangible book value will increase to $5.56 per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $2.21 per share to existing stockholders and results in immediate dilution of $7.44 per share to new investors. The following table illustrates this per share dilution.

                   
Assumed initial public offering price per share
          $ 13.00  
 
Net tangible book value per share before offering
  $ 3.35          
 
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering
  $ 2.21          
     
         
Net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering
          $ 5.56  
             
 
Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors
          $ 7.44  
             
 

      The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2002, after giving effect to the Reorganization, the difference between the existing stockholders and the new investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased, the total consideration paid and the average price paid per share paid before deducting underwriting discounts and our estimated offering expenses.

                                         
Shares Purchased Total Consideration


Average Price
Number Percentage Amount Percentage Per Share





Existing stockholders
    10,000,000       74.2 %   $ 18,264,375       28.8 %   $ 1.83  
New investors
    3,470,000       25.8 %   $ 45,110,000       71.2 %   $ 13.00  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total
    13,470,000       100 %   $ 63,374,375       100 %        

19


 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

      The following selected consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and the six months ended June 30, 2002 and as of December 31, 2000 and 2001 and June 30, 2002 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus which have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. The following selected financial data for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 and as of December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, not included in this prospectus.

      The following selected consolidated financial data for the six months ended June 30, 2001 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus. These financial statements include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which we consider necessary for a fair statement of our financial position and results of operations for this period.

      Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2002 are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2002.

                                                           
Six Months Ended
Year Ended December 31, June 30,


1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2001 2002







(Unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenue:
                                                       
 
Income recognized on finance receivables
  $ 2,768 (1)   $ 6,815     $ 11,746     $ 18,991     $ 31,221     $ 14,407     $ 24,018  
 
Commissions
                            214             816  
 
Net gain on cash sales of defaulted consumer receivables
                322       343       901       296       100  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total revenue
    2,768       6,815       12,068       19,334       32,336       14,703       24,934  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Operating expenses:
                                                       
 
Compensation
    1,650       3,821       6,119       9,883       15,644       6,712       10,212  
 
Legal, accounting and outside fees and services
    400       839       1,493       2,583       3,627       1,561       3,242  
 
Communications
    156       318       553       871       1,645       666       929  
 
Rent and occupancy
    67       99       335       603       712       314       362  
 
Other operating expenses
    127       266       498       652       1,265       514       676  
 
Depreciation
    149       238       369       437       677       311       434  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total operating expenses
    2,549       5,581       9,367       15,029       23,570       10,078       15,855  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income from operations
    219       1,234       2,701       4,305       8,766       4,625       9,079  
Net interest expenses
    89       744       876       1,765       2,716       1,410       1,115  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income before extraordinary loss
    130       490       1,825       2,540       6,050 (2)     3,215       7,964  
Extraordinary loss
                            (424 ) (3)            
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (4)
  $ 130     $ 490     $ 1,825     $ 2,540     $ 5,626     $ 3,215     $ 7,964  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Pro forma net income before extraordinary loss
  $ 130     $ 402     $ 1,128     $ 1,639     $ 3,791     $ 2,014     $ 4,885  
Pro forma net income (5)
  $ 130     $ 402     $ 1,128     $ 1,639     $ 3,526 (6)   $ 2,014     $ 4,885  
Pro forma earnings per share before extraordinary loss
                                                       
 
Basic
                                  $ 0.38             $ 0.49  
 
Diluted
                                  $ 0.33             $ 0.43  
Pro forma net income per share (6)
                                                       
 
Basic
                                  $ 0.35             $ 0.49  
 
Diluted
                                  $ 0.31             $ 0.43  
Pro forma weighted average shares (6)
                                                       
 
Basic
                                    10,000               10,000  
 
Diluted
                                    11,458 (7)             11,486 (8)
OPERATING AND OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
Cash collections for period (9)
  $ 4,992     $ 10,881     $ 17,362     $ 30,733     $ 53,362     $ 23,702     $ 37,997  
Operating expenses to cash collections
    51 %     51 %     54 %     49 %     44 %     43 %     42 %
Acquisitions of finance receivables, at cost
  $ 8,223     $ 11,480     $ 19,417     $ 24,663     $ 33,381     $ 12,179     $ 16,273  

20


 

                                                           
Six Months Ended
Year Ended December 31, June 30,


1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2001 2002







(Unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Acquisitions of finance receivables, at face value
  $ 137,721     $ 324,251     $ 479,778     $ 1,004,114     $ 1,592,353     $ 790,546     $ 587,971  
Percentage increase of acquisitions of finance receivables, at cost
    N/A       40 %     69 %     27 %     35 %     62 %     34 %
Percentage increase in cash collections for period
    N/A       118 %     60 %     77 %     74 %     73 %     60 %
Percentage increase in pro forma net income for period
    N/A       209 %     181 %     45 %     115 %     360 %     143 %
Employees at period end:
                                                       
 
Total employees
    66       140       246       370       501       437       527  
 
Ratio of collection personnel to total employees (10)
    89 %     84 %     86 %     89 %     89 %     89 %     88 %
                                                         
Year Ended December 31, As of June 30, 2002


(Dollars in thousands) 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 Actual As Adjusted (11)








FINANCIAL POSITION DATA:
                                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 638     $ 754     $ 1,456     $ 3,191     $ 4,780     $ 8,320     $ 24,772  
Finance receivables
    8,392       15,472       28,139       41,124       47,987       51,055       51,055  
Total assets
    9,682       17,121       31,495       47,188       57,049       63,421       79,873  
Long term debt
                      532       568       1,031       1,031  
Total debt, including capital lease obligations
    4,270       8,145       10,372       23,300       26,771       27,141       2,141  
Total stockholders’ equity (12)
    5,184       8,488       20,313       22,705       27,752       33,463       74,195  


  (1)  The financial statements for the year ended December 31, 1997 have been retroactively adjusted to reflect a change in accounting for the effects of the change in our revenue recognition method from the cost recovery method to the interest method effective January 1, 1998. Under the cost recovery method, no income was recognized until all acquisition costs associated with the investments were recovered. Since we had, and continue to have, a proven history of reasonably estimating the timing and degree of collectibility of our finance receivables, we adopted, effective January 1, 1998, the interest method of accounting with the guidance of AICPA Practice Bulletin 6, “Amortization of Discounts on Certain Acquired Loans,” and in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. This change in revenue recognition method had the effect of increasing income recognized from finance receivables in 1997 from $352,000 to $2.8 million.
 
  (2)  Includes operating losses associated with the formation of our contingent fee collections operations in its first year of operations of $644,000.
 
  (3)  Incurred in connection with the early extinguishment of debt.
 
  (4)  At the time of this offering we will change our parent company legal structure from a limited liability company to a corporation. See “Reorganization.” As a limited liability company we were not subject to Federal or state corporate income taxes. Therefore, net income does not give effect to taxes.
 
  (5)  For comparison purposes, we have presented pro forma net income, which reflects income taxes assuming we had been a corporation since the time of our formation and assuming tax rates equal to the rates that would have been in effect had we been required to report tax expense in such years.
 
  (6)  Pro forma net income and pro forma weighted average shares assumes completion of the reorganization (see “Reorganization”) as if the reorganization had occurred at the beginning of the period presented.
 
  (7)  Weighted average diluted shares for the year ended December 31, 2001 include 10,000,000 basic shares and 1,457,741 common share equivalents calculated according to the treasury stock method using 2,235,000 warrants outstanding and an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00.
 
  (8)  Weighted average diluted shares for the six months ended June 30, 2002 include 10,000,000 basic shares and 1,486,128 common share equivalents calculated according to the treasury stock method using 2,235,000 warrants outstanding and an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00.
 
  (9)  Includes both cash collected on finance receivables and commission fee received during the relevant period.

(10)  Includes all collectors and all first-line collection supervisors.
 
(11)  Adjusted to give effect to estimated net proceeds from the sale of 3,470,000 of the common stock offered by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 share and our anticipated repayment of approximately $29.0 million of indebtedness, $25.0 million of which existed as of June 30, 2002. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
(12)  Does not give effect to $3.4 million which was distributed to our members as a tax distribution during August and September 2002.

21


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

      The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes, which appear elsewhere in this prospectus. It contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly under the heading “Risk Factors.”

Overview

      We are a full-service provider of outsourced receivables management. We purchase, collect and manage portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables. Defaulted consumer receivables are the unpaid obligations of individuals to credit originators, including banks, credit unions, consumer and auto finance companies, retail merchants and other service providers. We believe that the strengths of our business are based on our sophisticated approach to portfolio pricing, our emphasis on collection personnel and procedures, and our relationships with many of the largest consumer lenders in the United States, including 11 of the top 13 bank credit card issuers and four of the top five store credit card issuers. The defaulted consumer receivables we collect are in substantially all cases either purchased from the credit originator or are collected on behalf of clients on a commission fee basis.

Cash Collections

      A key driver to our performance and one of the primary metrics monitored by management is the collection of cash on our owned portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables. We collect cash daily from the 292 portfolios we have purchased through June 30, 2002. This measurement and focus on cash is important because it is the collection of cash that drives our business operations. When we analyze a portfolio for purchase, we model cash collections and cash expenses in order to understand our return on the portfolio investment. Likewise, when we analyze an existing portfolio’s investment performance, we compare cash collections to our original cash expectations. Additionally, the level of cash collections is input back into our proprietary models used to help determine pricing in acquiring future portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables. Excluding the impact of proceeds from occasional portfolio sales, we have increased cash collections on our owned portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables every quarter since our formation. In addition, cash collections have exceeded revenue every quarter since our formation. In certain circumstances, it is possible for revenue to exceed cash collections. The specific accounting methodology is described later under the caption “Accounting for Income Recognized on Finance Receivables.”

Sources of Revenue

Income Recognized on Finance Receivables

      Our primary source of revenue is derived from cash collections on our owned defaulted consumer receivables. Because we purchase portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables that have been charged-off by credit originators, we are able to acquire the portfolios at a substantial discount to face value. Through June 30, 2002, we acquired 292 portfolios with a face value of $4.2 billion for $116 million, or 2.8% of face value. We seek to collect 2.5 to 3.0 times the amount paid for a portfolio, as measured over a five-year period. The specific accounting methodology utilized for income recognition is described under the caption “Accounting for Income Recognized on Finance Receivables.”

Commissions

      We receive commission revenue for collections we make on behalf of clients, which may be credit originators or other owners of defaulted consumer receivables. These portfolios are still owned by the clients; however, the collection effort is outsourced to us under a commission fee arrangement based on the amount we collect. Most clients will place receivables with us for a specified time frame, generally four to

22


 

six months, or as long as nine months or more if there have been previous collection efforts on the receivables. The commission fee varies; however, we have historically earned fees of 25% to 50% of collections received, based primarily on the extent of prior collection efforts. Revenue is recognized at the time funds are received from clients. A loss reserve or allowance account will be created if there is doubt that fees billed to the client for services rendered will be paid.

Net Gain on Cash Sales of Defaulted Consumer Receivables

      We also from time to time sell previously acquired defaulted consumer receivables to third parties, retaining no claims to any of the subsequent collections. When we sell receivables prior to attempting any collection efforts, we record a gain or loss on sale by comparing the price paid for the receivables to the price received from the purchaser. If we sell certain receivables out of a portfolio that we have attempted to collect upon and have received collections, then we must determine the basis of the sold receivables. This is accomplished by using our statistical models or using the pro rata share of the face amount sold to the current carrying value of the portfolio, whichever is deemed to be more accurate.

Accounting for Income Recognized on Finance Receivables

      Income recognized on finance receivables equals the excess of the cash collected from portfolios over the cash paid for the portfolios over their life span. For example, if a portfolio is projected to have collections over its life span equal to 3.0 times its cost or purchase price, and if the projections prove to be precisely accurate, then over the life span of the portfolio, revenue will be recognized equal to two-thirds of collections. Thus, if collections are $3.0 million and cost is $1.0 million, $2.0 million of revenues will be recognized over the portfolio’s life span. As described below, if collections for a portfolio deviate either below or above the projections, then adjustments to revenue are made to reflect the deviation. These adjustments are made to ensure that revenues accurately reflect ongoing collection results and to ensure that over the life span of a portfolio revenues plus cost or purchase price will be equal to collections.

      We account for our investments in our finance receivables using the interest method under the guidance of AICPA Practice Bulletin 6, “Amortization of Discounts on Certain Acquired Loans.” Static pools of relatively homogenous defaulted consumer receivables are established as portfolios of receivables are acquired. A separate pool is established for each purchased pool of defaulted consumer receivables. Once a static pool is established, the defaulted consumer receivables in the static pool are not changed. Each static pool is initially recorded at cost, and is accounted for as a single unit for the recognition of income, principal payments and impairment. Income on finance receivables is accrued monthly based on each static pool’s effective yield. The yield is estimated based on the timing and the amount of anticipated future cash flows using our proprietary models. Monthly cash flows greater than the monthly interest accrual will reduce the carrying value of the static pool, resulting in cash collections exceeding revenue. Likewise, monthly cash flows that are less than the monthly interest accrual will accrete the carrying balance of the static pool, resulting in revenue exceeding cash collections.

      Each static pool is reviewed on a monthly basis and compared to our proprietary models to ensure complete amortization of the carrying value at the end of each static pool’s life to the extent practicable. This is accomplished by evaluating the future cash flow and effective yield of each static pool. To the extent that cash collections have been lower than expected and or future cash collections are projected to be lower than expected, the effective yield will be prospectively reduced to accommodate the lower expectations and ensure complete amortization of the carrying value. Conversely, if past and or future cash collections exceed expectations, and are both probable and estimable, the effective yield will be prospectively increased. Integral to this process is the measurement of impairment. On a monthly basis, we compare the carrying value of each static pool to its fair value. Fair value is the net present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the current effective yield of the static pool. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, a valuation allowance would be recognized in the amount of the impairment.

23


 

Operating Expenses

Compensation

      Compensation is our primary expense and includes costs related to our collection work force, management and administration. Specifically, compensation includes salary expense, wages, incentive compensation and bonuses and any expenditures on employee-related health and retirement programs.

Legal, Accounting and Outside Fees and Services

      In our ordinary course of business we use a significant amount of outside professional services primarily related to our collection efforts. For accounts that we seek to collect by initiating legal action, we use independent law firms to pursue our legal rights to attempt repayment. Legal fees primarily include contingent legal fees paid to independent attorneys and legal collections costs. While some portion of legal collection costs may be collected from consumers by initiating legal action, we have chosen to expense all costs associated with legal collections and only will recognize these future cash receipts when they are actually collected. Other fees include contingent agency expenses, credit bureau expenses and any external account scoring or analysis. In addition, we incur accounting related expenses related primarily to our annual audits.

Communications

      Communications expense primarily includes telephone-related costs and postage expense. We operate two call centers that use sophisticated telephone equipment and advanced predictive dialing technology. We make a substantial number of calls on a monthly basis (more than two million for the month of July 2002), primarily long-distance, to perform our collection efforts. As such, we incur significant telephone expenses each month. We also attempt to reach consumers through several mailings, for which we incur postage and supplies expenses. We outsource the vast majority of our mailing activities and accordingly incur costs for that service.

Rent and Occupancy

      Rent and occupancy expenses primarily include rent, utilities and property taxes. We own our Hutchinson, Kansas facility and incur expenses related to utilities, property taxes and maintenance. We lease our headquarters in Norfolk, Virginia and own an adjacent parking lot and pay rent, utilities, property taxes and other miscellaneous expenses.

Other Operating Expenses

      Other operating expenses include costs such as travel and entertainment, advertising and marketing, dues and subscriptions, insurance, various taxes and licenses, general insurance, education and training and hiring expenses.

Depreciation

      We incur depreciation expenses for costs related to our owned properties in Kansas and Virginia, our computers and information systems and our software.

Reorganization

      At the time of this offering, we will change our parent company legal structure from a limited liability company to a corporation. As a limited liability company, we were not subject to Federal or state corporate income taxes and as such have not incurred any historical taxes. For comparison purposes, we have presented pro forma net income, which reflects income taxes assuming we have been a corporation since the time of our formation. See “Reorganization.”

24


 

Results of Operations

      The following table sets forth certain operating data as a percentage of total revenue for the periods indicated:

                                           
Year Ended Six Months Ended
December 31, June 30,


1999 2000 2001 2001 2002





Revenue:
                                       
 
Income recognized on finance receivables
    97.3 %     98.2 %     96.6 %     98.0 %     96.3 %
 
Commissions
    0.0       0.0       0.7       0.0       3.3  
 
Net gain on cash sales of defaulted consumer receivables
    2.7       1.8       2.7       2.0       0.4  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total revenue
    100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Operating Expenses:
                                       
 
Compensation
    50.7       51.1       48.4       45.7       41.0  
 
Legal, accounting and outside fees and services
    12.4       13.4       11.2       10.6       13.0  
 
Communications
    4.6       4.5       5.1       4.5       3.7  
 
Rent and occupancy
    2.8       3.1       2.2       2.1       1.5  
 
Other operating expenses
    4.1       3.4       3.9       3.5       2.7  
 
Depreciation
    3.0       2.2       2.1       2.1       1.7  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total operating expenses
    77.6       77.7       72.9       68.5       63.6  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income from operations
    22.4       22.3       27.1       31.5       36.4  
Net interest expenses
    7.3       9.2       8.4       9.6       4.5  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income before extraordinary loss
    15.1       13.1       18.7       21.9       31.9  
Extraordinary loss
    0.0       0.0       1.3       0.0       0.0  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income
    15.1 %     13.1 %     17.4 %     21.9 %     31.9 %
     
     
     
     
     
 
Pro forma net income (1)
    9.3 %     8.5 %     10.9 %     13.7 %     19.6 %
     
     
     
     
     
 


(1)  At the time of this offering we will change our parent company legal structure from a limited liability company to a corporation. See “Reorganization.” As a limited liability company we were not subject to Federal or state corporate income taxes. For comparison purposes, we have presented pro forma net income, which reflects income taxes assuming we have been a corporation since the time of our formation and assuming tax rates equal to the rates that would have been in effect had we been required to report tax expense in such years.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2002 Compared To Six Months Ended June 30, 2001

Revenue

      Total revenue was $24.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002, an increase of $10.2 million or 69.4% compared to total revenue of $14.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2001.

Income Recognized on Finance Receivables

      Income recognized on finance receivables was $24.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002, an increase of $9.6 million or 66.7% compared to income recognized on finance receivables of $14.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2001. The majority of the increase was due to an increase in our cash collections on our owned defaulted consumer receivables to $37.2 million from $23.7 million, an increase of 56.7%. During the six months ended June 30, 2002, we acquired defaulted consumer receivables portfolios with an aggregate face value amount of $588 million at a cost of $16.3 million.

25


 

During the six months ended June 30, 2001, we acquired defaulted consumer receivable portfolios with an aggregate face value of $791 million at a cost of $12.2 million. Our relative cost of acquiring defaulted consumer receivable portfolios increased from 2.1% of face value for the six months ended June 30, 2001 to 2.8% of face value for the six months ended June 30, 2002. This increase was due primarily to the fact that we acquired one very large portfolio in 2001, which had a face value of $298 million, for a very low price of $960,000 (0.32% of face value). This single acquisition brought our average portfolio price in 2001 down from 2.5% of face value, excluding such acquisition, to 2.1% including such acquisition. In addition, there has been a larger supply of fresh and prime recall defaulted consumer receivables available for purchase in 2002. These receivables typically trade at higher prices, but we also expect higher recoveries from them. We expect this trend to continue for the next six to 12 months. However, since we expect our rate of return to be approximately the same, regardless of the age of the receivables, we do not expect this to have a significant impact on our profitability.

Commissions

      Commissions were $816,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2002, an increase of $816,000 compared to zero for the six months ended June 30, 2001. This increase is a result of the commencement of our contingent fee collections operations in March 2001.

Operating Expenses

      Total operating expenses were $15.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002, an increase of $5.8 million or 57.4% compared to total operating expenses of $10.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2001. Total operating expenses, including compensation expenses, were 41.7% of cash collections for the six months ended June 30, 2002 compared with 42.5% for the same period in 2001.

Compensation

      Compensation expenses were $10.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002, an increase of $3.5 million or 52.2% compared to compensation expenses of $6.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2001. Compensation expenses increased as total employees grew from 437 at June 30, 2001 to 527 at June 30, 2002. This increase reflects the establishment of our contingent fee collections operations and the growth in the number of portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables acquired. The contingent fee collection operation is responsible for 13.3% of this growth, while the remaining 86.7% is attributable to our growth in owned portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables. Compensation expenses as a percentage of cash collections decreased to 26.9% for the six months ended June 30, 2002 from 28.3% of cash collections for the same period in 2001.

Legal, Accounting and Outside Fees and Services

      Legal, accounting and outside fees and services expenses were $3.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002, an increase of $1.6 million or 100.0% compared to legal, accounting and outside fees and services expenses of $1.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2001. The increase was primarily attributable to the increased number of accounts referred to independent attorneys for collection. This increase is also consistent with the growth we experienced in our business.

Communications

      Communications expenses were $929,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2002, an increase of $263,000 or 39.5% compared to communications expenses of $666,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2001. The increase was attributable to growth in mailings and a higher number of phone calls made to collect on a greater number of defaulted consumer receivables owned and serviced. Mailings were responsible for 72.0% of this increase, while the remaining 28% is attributable to a higher number of phone calls.

26


 

Rent and Occupancy

      Rent and occupancy expenses were $362,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2002, an increase of $48,000 or 15.3% compared to rent and occupancy expenses of $314,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2001. The increase was primarily attributable to contractual increases in annual rental rates.

Other Operating Expenses

      Other operating expenses were $676,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2002, an increase of $162,000 or 31.5% compared to other operating expenses of $514,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2001. The increase was due to increases in taxes, fees and licenses, travel and meals and miscellaneous expenses. Taxes, fees and licenses were responsible for 30.2% of this increase, travel and meals were responsible for 33.9% of this increase and miscellaneous expenses were responsible for the remaining 35.9% of this increase.

Depreciation

      Depreciation expenses were $434,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2002, an increase of $123,000 or 39.5% compared to depreciation expenses of $311,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2001. The increase was attributable to continued capital expenditures on equipment and computers.

Interest Income

      Interest income was $2,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2002, a decrease of $44,000 or 95.7% compared to interest income of $46,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2001. This decrease occurred due to a drop in our yields during the fourth quarter of 2001, so we terminated our repurchase agreement in favor of earning fee offset credit with our bank.

Interest Expense

      Interest expense was $1.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002, a decrease of $340,000 or 24.3% compared to interest expense of $1.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2001. This decrease occurred as higher average borrowings, which increased from $24.9 million to $27.0 million, were more than offset by lower interest rates.

Year Ended December 31, 2001 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2000

Revenue

      Total revenue was $32.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, an increase of $13.0 million or 67.4% compared to total revenue of $19.3 for the year ended December 31, 2000.

Income Recognized on Finance Receivables

      Income recognized on finance receivables was $31.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, an increase of $12.2 million or 64.2% compared to income recognized on finance receivables of $19.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. The increase was due to an increase in our cash collections on our owned defaulted consumer receivables portfolios to $53.4 million from $30.7 million, an increase of 74.0%. During the year ended December 31, 2001, we acquired defaulted consumer receivables portfolios with an aggregate face value amount of $1.6 billion at a cost of $33 million. During the year ended December 31, 2000, we acquired defaulted consumer receivable portfolios with an aggregate face value of $1.0 billion at a cost of $24.7 million.

27


 

Commissions

      Commissions were $214,000 for the year ended December 31, 2001, an increase of $214,000 compared to zero for the year ended December 31, 2000. The increase is a result of the commencement of our contingent fee collections operations in March 2001.

Net Gain on Cash Sales of Defaulted Consumer Receivables

      Net gain on cash sales of defaulted consumer receivables was $901,000 for the year ended December 31, 2001, an increase of $558,000 or 162.7% compared to net gain on cash sales of defaulted consumer receivables of $343,000 for the year ended December 31, 2000. This increase is the result of increased sale activity. In 2000 we sold $13.6 million in face value at an average price of 4.3% whereas in 2001 we sold $151.5 million in face value at an average price of 3.8%. The percentage increase in face value sold from 2000 to 2001 was significantly more than the percentage increase in recognized net gain on cash sales of defaulted consumer receivables. This is simply because we had a much higher basis in the receivables sold in 2001 compared with those sold in 2000.

Expenses

      Total operating expenses were $23.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, an increase of $8.6 million or 57.3% compared to total operating expenses of $15.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Total operating expenses, including compensation expenses, were 44.2% of cash collections in 2001 compared to 48.9% in 2000.

Compensation

      Compensation expenses were $15.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, an increase of $5.7 million or 57.6% compared to compensation expenses of $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Compensation expenses increased as total employees grew from 370 at December 31, 2000 to 501 at December 31, 2001. This increase reflects the continued staffing of both our Virginia and Kansas facilities and the commencement of our contingent fee collections operations in March 2001. The additional employees were required to collect on our growing portfolio of acquired pools of defaulted consumer receivables. Compensation expenses decreased to 29.3% of cash collections in 2001 from 32.2% of cash collections in 2000. Staffing at our Virginia facility was responsible for 51.2% of this increase, staffing at our Kansas facility was responsible for 19.8% of this increase and staffing for our contingent collections operations was responsible for the remaining 29% of this increase.

Legal, Accounting and Outside Fees and Services

      Legal, accounting and outside fees and services expenses were $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, an increase of $1.0 million or 38.5% compared to legal, accounting and outside fees and services expenses of $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. The increase was primarily attributable to the increased number of accounts referred to independent attorneys for collection.

Communications

      Communications expenses were $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, an increase of $774,000 or 88.9% compared to communications expenses of $871,000 for the year ended December 31, 2000. The increase was primarily a result of higher postage due to mailings required under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, and a higher number of phone calls made to collect on a greater number of receivables owned and serviced. Mailings were responsible for 62.9% of this increase while the remaining 37.1% is attributable to a higher number of phone calls.

28


 

Rent and Occupancy

      Rent and occupancy expenses were $712,000 for the year ended December 31, 2001, an increase of $109,000 or 18.1% compared to rent and occupancy expenses of $603,000 for the year ended December 31, 2000. The increase was primarily a result of the first full year of occupancy of our Kansas facility, which opened in July 2000.

Other Operating Expenses

      Other operating expenses were $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, an increase of $613,000 or 94.0% compared to other operating expenses of $652,000 for the year ended December 31, 2000. Significant components of the other operating expenses include taxes, fees and licenses, hiring expenses, travel and meals and miscellaneous expenses, all of which are related to our contingent fee collections operations and the continued expansion of our workforce throughout 2001. Taxes, fees and licenses were responsible for 26.9% of this increase, travel and meals were responsible for 16.9% of this increase, hiring expenses were responsible for 19.6% of this increase and miscellaneous expenses were responsible for the remaining 36.6% of this increase.

Depreciation

      Depreciation expenses were $677,000 for the year ended December 31, 2001, an increase of $240,000 or 54.9% compared to depreciation expenses of $437,000 for the year ended December 31, 2000. The increase was attributable to increased capital expenditures during late 2000 and 2001, especially in connection with the acquisition of technology for our contingent fee collection operations.

Interest Income

      Interest income was $65,000 for the year ended December 31, 2001, a decrease of $29,000 or 30.9% compared to interest income of $94,000 for the year ended December 31, 2000. This decrease occurred due to the significant drop in our yields during the fourth quarter of 2001. Our average cash balance changed from $2.7 million in 2000 to $4.3 million in 2001.

Interest Expense

      Interest expense was $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, an increase of $922,000 or 49.6% compared to interest expense of $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. This increase was a result of increased borrowings to finance the growth in acquisitions of defaulted consumer receivable portfolios during 2001. During 2001, we made additional investments in defaulted consumer receivable portfolios of $33.4 million. To finance these acquisitions of defaulted consumer receivable portfolios, our borrowings increased during 2001. We had average monthly borrowings of $25.6 million during 2001, compared to average monthly borrowings of $15.5 million during 2000.

Extraordinary Loss

      Extraordinary loss was $424,000 for the year ended December 31, 2001, an increase of $424,000 compared to none for the year ended December 31, 2000. The increase was due to the early extinguishment of debt under two of our previous line of credit agreements in 2001, for which we expensed $232,000 of remaining unamortized debt acquisition costs and $192,000 for the extinguishment of a contingent interest provision.

Year Ended December 31, 2000 Compared To Year Ended December 31, 1999

Revenue

      Total revenue was $19.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2000, an increase of $7.2 million or 59.5% compared to total revenue of $12.1 for the year ended December 31, 1999.

29


 

Income Recognized on Finance Receivables

      Income recognized on finance receivables was $19.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2000, an increase of $7.3 million or 62.4% compared to income recognized on finance receivables of $11.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. The increase was due to an increase in our cash collections on our owned defaulted consumer receivables portfolio to $30.7 million from $17.4 million, an increase of 76.4%. During the year ended December 31, 2000, we acquired defaulted consumer receivable portfolios with an aggregate face value amount of $1.0 billion at a cost of $25 million. During the year ended December 31, 1999, we acquired defaulted consumer receivable portfolios with an aggregate face value of $480 million at a cost of $19 million.

Expenses

      Total operating expenses were $15.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, an increase of $5.6 million or 59.6% compared to total operating expenses of $9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Total operating expenses, including compensation expenses, were 48.9% of cash collections in 2000 compared to 54.0% in 1999.

Compensation

      Compensation expenses were $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2000, an increase of $3.8 million or 62.3% compared to compensation expenses of $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. Compensation expenses increased as total employees grew from 246 at December 31, 1999 to 370 at December 31, 2000. This increase reflects the continued staffing of both our Virginia and Kansas facilities. Staffing at our Virginia facility was responsible for 54.8% of this increase, while the remaining 45.2% is attributable to increased staffing at our Kansas facility. The additional employees were required to collect on our growing portfolio of acquired pools of defaulted consumer receivables. Compensation expenses decreased to 32.2% of cash collections in 2000 from 35.2% of cash collections in 1999.

Legal, Accounting and Outside Fees and Services

      Legal, accounting and outside fees and services expenses were $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2000, an increase of $1.1 million or 73.3% compared to legal, accounting and outside fees and services expenses of $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. This increase was primarily attributable to the increased number of accounts referred to independent attorneys for collection.

Communications

      Communications expenses were $871,000 for the year ended December 31, 2000, an increase of $318,000 or 57.5% compared to communication expenses of $553,000 for the year ended December 31, 1999. The increase was primarily a result of higher postage due to our increase in acquired pools of defaulted consumer receivables and a higher number of phone calls made to collect a greater number of defaulted consumer receivables owned and serviced. Mailings were responsible for 15.9% of this increase, while the remaining 84.1% is attributable to a higher number of phone calls.

Rent and Occupancy

      Rent and occupancy expenses were $603,000 for the year ended December 31, 2000, an increase of $268,000 or 80.0% compared to rent and occupancy expenses of $335,000 for the year ended December 31, 1999. The increase was primarily as a result of the first full year of occupancy at our Virginia headquarters, which opened in July 1999, and the opening of our Kansas facility in July 2000. Occupancy at our Virginia headquarters was responsible for 90.0% of this increase, while the remaining 10.0% is attributable to our Kansas facilities.

30


 

Other Operating Expenses

      Other operating expenses were $652,000 for the year ended December 31, 2000, an increase of $154,000 or 30.9% compared to other operating expenses of $498,000 for the year ended December 31, 1999. The increase was due to increases in repairs, maintenance, taxes, fees and licenses. Repairs and maintenance was responsible for 49.6% of this increase, while the remaining 50.4% is attributable to taxes, fees and licenses.

Depreciation

      Depreciation expenses were $437,000 for the year ended December 31, 2000, an increase of $68,000 or 18.4% compared to depreciation expenses of $369,000 for the year ended December 31, 1999. The increase was attributable to higher capital expenditures during late 1999 and 2000, in connection with the opening of our Kansas facility in July 2000.

Interest Income

      Interest income was $94,000 for the year ended December 31, 2000, a decrease of $8,000 or 7.9% compared to interest income of $102,000 for the year ended December 31, 1999.

Interest Expense

      Interest expense was $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2000, an increase of $881,000 or 90.1% compared to interest expense of $978,000 for the year ended December 31, 1999. This increase was a result of increased borrowings to finance the growth in our acquisitions of defaulted consumer receivable portfolios during 2000. During 2000, we made additional investment in defaulted consumer receivable portfolios of $24.7 million, compared to our investment of $19.4 million in 1999. To finance these acquisitions of defaulted consumer receivable portfolios, our borrowings increased during 2000. We had average monthly borrowings of $15.6 million during 2000, compared to average monthly borrowings of $8.7 million during 1999.

31


 

Unaudited Quarterly Results

      The following table presents certain unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for the ten-quarter period ended June 30, 2002. The information has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements. Our unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on substantially the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements contained in this prospectus and include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which we consider to be necessary to present fairly this information when read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes appearing elsewhere within this prospectus. The results of operations for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.

                                                                                   
Quarter Ended

Mar. 31, June 30, Sept. 30, Dec. 31, Mar. 31, June 30, Sept. 30, Dec. 31, Mar. 31, June 30,
2000 2000 2000 2000 2001 2001 2001 2001 2002 2002










(Dollars in thousands)
                                                                               
Revenue:
                                                                               
 
Income recognized on finance receivables
  $ 3,810     $ 4,002     $ 4,984     $ 6,195     $ 6,723     $ 7,685     $ 7,739     $ 9,074     $ 11,181     $ 12,837  
 
Commissions
                                        55       159       376       440  
 
Net gain on cash sales of defaulted consumer receivables
          88       223       32       137       159       459       146             100  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total revenue
    3,810       4,090       5,207       6,227       6,860       7,844       8,253       9,379       11,557       13,377  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Operating Expenses:
                                                                               
 
Compensation
    1,964       2,168       2,689       3,062       3,287       3,425       4,108       4,824       5,068       5,144  
 
Legal, accounting and outside fees and services
    575       665       638       705       746       815       940       1,126       1,291       1,951  
 
Communications
    191       194       197       289       314       352       486       493       450       479  
 
Rent and occupancy
    143       151       148       161       157       157       191       207       173       189  
 
Other operating expenses
    153       130       160       209       241       274       332       418       306       370  
 
Depreciation
    111       98       105       123       142       168       175       192       211       223  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total operating expenses
    3,137       3,406       3,937       4,549       4,887       5,191       6,232       7,260       7,499       8,356  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income from operations
    673       684       1,270       1,678       1,973       2,653       2,021       2,119       4,058       5,021  
Net interest expenses
    287       392       447       639       689       721       664       642       526       589  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income before extraordinary item
    386       292       823       1,039       1,284       1,932       1,357       1,477       3,532       4,432  
Extraordinary loss
                                        232       192              
Net income
  $ 386     $ 292     $ 823     $ 1,039     $ 1,284     $ 1,932     $ 1,125     $ 1,285     $ 3,532     $ 4,432  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Pro forma net income (1)
  $ 249     $ 188     $ 531     $ 671     $ 805     $ 1,211     $ 705     $ 805     $ 2,167     $ 2,718  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Pro forma net income per share
                                                                               
 
Basic
                                    0.08       0.12       0.07       0.08       0.22       0.27  
 
Diluted
                                    0.07       0.11       0.06       0.07       0.19       0.24  
Pro forma weighted average shares
                                                                               
 
Basic
                                    10,000       10,000       10,000       10,000       10,000       10,000  
 
Diluted
                                    11,388       11,473       11,485       11,485       11,485       11,487  


(1)  At the time of this offering we will change our parent company legal structure from a limited liability company to a corporation. See “Reorganization.” As a limited liability company we were not subject to Federal or state corporate income taxes. For comparison purposes, we have presented pro forma net income, which reflects income taxes assuming we had been a corporation since the time of our formation and assuming tax rates equal to the rates that would have been in effect had we been required to report tax expense in such years.

32


 

Seasonality

      Our business depends on the ability to collect on our owned and serviced defaulted consumer receivables. Collections tend to be higher in the first and second quarters of the year, due to consumers’ receipt of tax refunds and other factors. Conversely, collections tend to be lower in the third and fourth quarters of the year, due to consumers’ spending in connection with summer and holiday vacations. Due to our historical quarterly increases in cash collections, our growth has masked the impact of this seasonality.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

      Cash collections have substantially exceeded revenue in each quarter since our formation, as shown in the following table. Our resulting strong cash flow has permitted us to acquire all new portfolios since October 2001 without any incremental borrowings. The following chart illustrates the consistent excess of our cash collections on our owned portfolios over the income recognized on finance receivables on a quarterly basis.

Cash Collections (1) and Income Recognized on Finance Receivables

(CASH COLLECTIONS AND INCOME GRAPH)


(1)  Includes cash collections on finance receivables only. Excludes commission fees and cash proceeds from sales of defaulted consumer receivables.

33


 

      The following table shows the changes in finance receivables, including the amounts paid to acquire new portfolios.

                                                 
Six Months Ended
Year Ended December 31, June 30,


1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002






Balance at beginning of period
  $ 3,025,026     $ 8,392,389     $ 15,471,538     $ 28,139,051     $ 41,124,377     $ 47,986,744  
Acquisitions of finance receivables, net of buybacks
    7,591,008       11,145,275       18,853,787       25,035,237       33,491,211       16,232,137  
Cash collections applied to principal (1)
    (2,223,645 )     (4,066,126 )     (5,616,241 )     (11,741,998 )     (21,926,815 )     (13,163,179 )
Cost of finance receivables sold net of allowance for returns
                (570,033 )     (307,913 )     (4,702,029 )     (600 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at end of period
  $ 8,392,389     $ 15,471,538     $ 28,139,051     $ 41,124,377     $ 47,986,744     $ 51,055,102  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

(1)  Cash collections applied to principal consists of cash collections less income recognized on finance receivables.

      Our operating activities provided cash of $1.8 million, $3.1 million, $6.5 million and $8.9 million for the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and the six months ended June 30, 2002, respectively. In each of these periods, cash from operations was generated primarily from net income earned through cash collections, commissions received and gains on cash sales of defaulted consumer receivables for the period, which increased from $1.8 million in 1999 to $2.5 million in 2000 and to $5.6 million in 2001 and to $8.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002.

      Our investing activities used cash of $13.4 million, $13.2 million, $7.2 million and $3.4 million for the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and the six month period ended June 30, 2002, respectively. Cash used in investing activities is primarily driven by acquisitions of defaulted consumer receivables, net of cash collections applied to the cost of the receivables.

      Our financing activities provided (used) cash of $11.9 million, $12.4 million, $2.3 million and $(1.9) million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and the six months ended June 30, 2002, respectively. A principal source of cash from financing activities has been proceeds from lines of credit, which totaled $12.7 million, $25.6 million, $28.6 million and none at December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and June 30, 2002, respectively. Proceeds from lines of credit were partially offset in each of the periods by repayments of our lines of credit, which totaled $10.7 million, $13.5 million, $25.7 million and none, respectively. In 1999, we also received a capital contribution from Angelo Gordon of $10.0 million.

      Cash paid for interest expenses was $1.0 million, $1.8 million, $2.8 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and the six months ended June 30, 2002, respectively. The majority of interest expenses was paid for lines of credit used to finance acquisitions of defaulted consumer receivables portfolios.

      PRA III, LLC, our wholly owned subsidiary, maintains a $40.0 million revolving line of credit with Westside Funding Corporation (“Westside”) pursuant to an agreement entered into on September 18, 2001. We, as well as PRA Receivables Management LLC (d/b/a Anchor Receivables Management), PRA II, LLC and PRA Holding, LLC (all of which are wholly-owned subsidiaries of ours) are guarantors to this agreement. The credit facility bears interest at a spread over LIBOR and extends through September 15, 2005. The agreement provides for:

  •  restrictions on monthly borrowings in excess of $4 million per month and quarterly borrowings in excess of $10 million;
 
  •  a maximum leverage ratio of not greater than 4.0 to 1.0 and net income per year of at least $0.01, calculated on a consolidated basis;
 
  •  a restriction on distributions in excess of 75% of our net income for any year;
 
  •  compliance with certain special purpose vehicle and corporate separateness covenants; and

34


 

  •  restrictions on change of control.

      Upon consummation of this offering, we will pay off $29.0 million, the current outstanding balance of this facility, with proceeds from this offering. After this offering, we intend to either replace or renegotiate the terms of this facility.

      In addition, PRA AG Funding, LLC, our wholly owned subsidiary, maintains a $2.5 million revolving line of credit, pursuant to an agreement entered into with RBC Centura Bank on June 30, 2002. The credit facility bears interest at a spread over LIBOR and extends through July 2003. The agreement provides:

  •  that we maintain a current ratio of 1.6 to 1.0 (the current ratio being defined to include finance receivables as a current asset and to include the credit facility with Westside as a current liability);
 
  •  that we maintain a debt to tangible net worth ratio of not more than 1.5 to 1.0;
 
  •  for a minimum balance sheet cash position at month end of $2 million; and
 
  •  a restriction on distributions by us to 75% of net income.

      This $2.5 million facility had no amounts outstanding at July 31, 2002. After this offering, we intend to replace or renegotiate the terms of this facility.

      On December 30, 1999, PRA AG Funding, LLC, our wholly owned subsidiary, entered into a credit agreement with AG PRA 1999 Funding Co., (“AG 1999”) an affiliate of Angelo Gordon, for a line of credit of $12.5 million. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.” In December 2001, PRA AG Funding, LLC paid all outstanding loans under the credit facility with AG 1999. PRA AG Funding, LLC has no outstanding liability under this credit facility which expired on June 30, 2002.

      As of June 30, 2002 there are three additional loans outstanding. In July 2000, PRA Holding I, LLC, our wholly owned subsidiary, entered into a credit facility with Bank of America, N.A., for a $550,000 loan, for the purpose of purchasing a building in Hutchinson, Kansas. The loan bears interest at a variable rate based on LIBOR and consists of monthly principal payments for 60 months and a final installment of unpaid principal and accrued interest payable on July 21, 2005. On February 9, 2001, we entered into a commercial loan agreement with Bank of America, N.A. in the amount of $107,000 in order to purchase equipment for its Norfolk, Virginia location. This loan bears interest at a fixed rate of 7.9% and matures on February 1, 2006. On February 20, 2002, we entered into an additional arrangement with Bank of America, N.A. for a $500,000 commercial loan in order to finance construction of a parking lot at our Norfolk, Virginia location. This loan bears interest at a fixed rate of 6.47% and matures on September 1, 2007.

Critical Accounting Policy

      We utilize the interest method to determine income recognized on finance receivables. Under this method, each static pool of receivables we acquire is statistically modeled to determine its projected cash flows. A yield is then established which, when applied to the outstanding balance of the receivables, results in the recognition of income at a constant yield relative to the remaining balance in the pool. Each pool is analyzed monthly to assess the actual performance compared to that expected by the model. If differences are noted, the yield is adjusted prospectively to reflect the revised estimate of cash flows.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

      In July 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” and SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” SFAS Nos. 141 and 142 changed the accounting for business combinations and goodwill in two significant ways. First, SFAS No. 141 requires that the purchase method of accounting be used in all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001. Use of the pooling-of-interests method is prohibited. Second, SFAS No. 142 changes

35


 

the accounting for goodwill from an amortization method to an impairment only approach. As we had no recorded goodwill, these pronouncements had no impact on us. Any future acquisitions will be accounted for in accordance with the new standards.

      In June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations”. SFAS 143 requires that obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets be recorded as a liability when those obligations are incurred, with the amount of liability initially measured at fair value. SFAS No. 143 will be effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2002, though early adoption is encouraged. The application of this statement is not expected to have a material impact on our financial statements.

      In July 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” SFAS No. 144 supersedes SFAS No. 121, “Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of.” SFAS No. 144 applies to all long-lived assets including discontinued operations, and amends Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30, “Reporting the Effect of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions”. SFAS No. 144 requires that long-lived assets that are to be disposed of by sale be measured at the lower of book or fair value, less cost to sell. SFAS No. 144 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001 and its provisions are expected to be applied prospectively. The application of this statement is not expected to have a material impact on our financial statements.

      In May 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 145, “Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections as of April 2002.” SFAS 145 rescinds FASB Statement No. 4, “Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of Debt” and an amendment of that statement, FASB Statement No. 64, “Extinguishments of Debt Made to Satisfy Sinking-Fund Requirements” and eliminates extraordinary gain and loss treatment for the early extinguishment of debt. This statement also rescinds FASB Statement No. 44, “Accounting for Intangible Assets of Motor Carriers” and amends FASB Statement No. 13, “Accounting for Leases,” to eliminate an inconsistency between the required accounting for sale-leaseback transactions and the required accounting for certain lease modifications that have economic effects that are similar to sale-leaseback transactions. This statement also amends other existing authoritative pronouncements to make various technical corrections, clarify meanings, or describe their applicability under changed conditions. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after May 15, 2002. We will adopt SFAS 145 for the year ending December 31, 2002. The application of this statement is not expected to have a material impact on our financial statements other than the elimination of the extraordinary loss treatment for the debt extinguishment in 2001.

      In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities.” SFAS 146 addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 94-3, “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring).” The application of this statement is not expected to have a material impact on our financial statements.

36


 

BUSINESS

Overview

      We are a full-service provider of outsourced receivables management. We purchase, collect and manage portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables. Defaulted consumer receivables are the unpaid obligations of individuals to credit originators, including banks, credit unions, consumer and auto finance companies, retail merchants and other service providers. We believe that the strengths of our business are our sophisticated approach to portfolio pricing, our emphasis on collection personnel and procedures and our relationships with many of the largest consumer lenders in the United States, including 11 of the top 13 bank credit card issuers and four of the top five store credit card issuers. Our proven ability to collect defaulted consumer receivables allows us to offer credit originators a complete outsourced solution to address their defaulted consumer receivables. The defaulted consumer receivables we collect are in substantially all cases either purchased from the credit originator or are collected on behalf of clients on a commission fee basis. We intend to continue leveraging our strengths and grow our business through the disciplined approach that has contributed to our success to date.

      We specialize in receivables that have been charged-off by the credit originator. Since the credit originator has unsuccessfully attempted to collect these receivables, we are able to purchase them at a substantial discount to their face value. Through June 30, 2002, we have acquired 292 portfolios with a face value of $4.2 billion for $116 million, or 2.8% of face value. Our success depends on our ability to purchase portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables at appropriate valuations and to collect on those receivables effectively and efficiently. To date, we have consistently been able to collect at a rate of 2.5 to 3.0 times our purchase price for defaulted consumer receivables portfolios, as measured over a five-year period, which has enabled us to generate increasing profits and positive cash flow.

      We believe we have been capitalized conservatively, operating with low levels of financial leverage and funding most of our recent portfolio acquisitions through cash flow generated from collection activities. We have devoted considerable effort to developing statistical models and databases for pricing portfolio purchases, and we have systems and infrastructure which allow for detailed reporting and analysis of collection results. We have also been careful to ensure that the growth in our portfolio of defaulted consumer receivables does not outpace our ability to profitably collect on our receivables. We maintain a ratio of collectors to total employees that we believe is significantly higher than many of our competitors.

      We believe that our collectors are critical to the success of our business, as a majority of our collections occur as a result of telephone contact with consumers. We have found that the tenure and productivity of our collectors are directly related. Therefore, we have placed considerable focus on attracting, hiring, training, retaining and motivating our collection workforce. Historically, collectors working on our owned portfolios who have been with us for more than 12 months are 90% more productive than collectors with less tenure. We expect an increase in productivity and profitability as our ratio of collectors with more than 12 months of experience increases over time.

      We were formed in March 1996 by four members of senior management that continue to lead us. Prior to our formation, members of the management team played key roles in the development of a defaulted consumer receivables acquisition and divestiture operation for Household Recovery Services, a subsidiary of Household International. We are owned by certain members of our senior management and Angelo, Gordon & Co., L.P., a New York based investment management firm, and its affiliates. Since our formation, we have acquired and serviced portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables. In March 2001 we commenced our third-party contingent fee collections operations to provide defaulted receivables management on a commission fee basis, receiving a percentage of the amounts collected on behalf of the client.

      We have achieved strong financial results since our formation, with cash collections growing from $5.0 million in 1997 to $53.4 million in 2001. Revenue has grown from $2.8 million in 1997 to $32.3 million in 2001, a compound annual growth rate of 84%. Similarly, pro forma net income has grown from $130,000 in 1997 to $3.5 million in 2001. Our solid financial performance has continued into 2002. For the six month period ended June 30, 2002, cash collections were $38.0 million, revenue was $24.9 million and pro forma net income was $4.9 million, compared to cash collections of $23.7 million,

37


 

revenue of $14.7 million and pro forma net income of $2.0 million for the six month period ended June 30, 2001. Excluding the impact of proceeds from occasional portfolio sales, cash collections have increased every quarter since our formation, as illustrated by the following chart.

Quarterly Cash Collections (1)

(QUARTERLY CASH COLLECTIONS LINE GRAPH)


(1)  Includes cash collections on finance receivables only. Excludes commission fees and cash proceeds from sales of defaulted consumer receivables.

Industry Overview

      The accounts receivable management industry is growing, driven by increasing levels of consumer obligations, increasing charge-offs of the underlying receivables by credit originators and increasing utilization of third-party providers to execute the recovery of defaulted receivables. According to the U.S. Federal Reserve Board, consumer credit, which consists of non-real estate related short- and intermediate-term credit extended to individuals, had grown approximately 37% to $1.7 trillion on June 30, 2002 from $1.2 trillion on December 31, 1997. According to the Consumer Bankers Association, the delinquency rate on non-mortgage consumer obligations reached its highest level in a decade at December 31, 2001, an approximately 33% increase from December 31, 2000. Collections & Credit Risk, an industry publication, estimates that consumer credit charge-offs during 2001 totaled $60 billion. Meanwhile, according to the Nilson Report, a credit card industry newsletter, credit originators outsourced an estimated $135 billion in defaulted consumer receivables for collection in 2000, nearly double the $73 billion outsourced for collection in 1990.

      The accounts receivable management industry (owned portfolio and contingent fee) is highly fragmented and competitive, consisting of approximately 6,000 consumer and commercial agencies. In recent years, the accounts receivable management industry has increased its use of technology in order to operate more effectively and leading companies utilize proprietary databases and portfolio evaluation programs, automated predictive dialers, automated call distributors and computerized skip-tracing capabilities. We expect the increasing importance of technology and the associated increased capital requirements to cause challenges for many smaller participants lacking the required capital and management resources to implement and effectively utilize such technology to compete effectively and to continue to maintain regulatory standards.

38


 

      The accounts receivable management industry services credit originators including banks, healthcare providers, utilities, telecommunications providers, consumer finance companies, retail businesses and auto lenders. The dollar amount of defaulted receivables being sold or placed for collection by credit originators typically increases with the level of consumer obligations during periods of relative economic strength. However, during periods of relative economic weakness, the extent to which consumer obligations decline tends to be partially offset by a corresponding higher default rate.

      Historically, credit originators have sought to limit credit losses either through using internal collection efforts with their own personnel or outsourcing collection activities to accounts receivables management providers. Credit originators that have outsourced the collection of defaulted receivables have typically remained committed to third-party providers as a result of the perceived economic benefit of outsourcing and the resources required to reestablish the infrastructure required to support in-house collection efforts. The credit originator can pursue an outsourced solution by either selling their defaulted receivables for immediate cash proceeds or by placing defaulted receivables with an outsourced provider on a contingent fee basis while retaining ownership of the receivables. The Kaulkin Report estimates that the contingent fee market accounts for $7.5 billion, or 68%, of the market while the purchased receivables market accounts for the remaining $3.6 billion, or 32%, of the market. Further, the Kaulkin Report estimates that in 2000 the face value of purchased receivables increased 20% to $60 billion from $50 billion in 1999 while the contingent fee market is estimated to be growing at 9% annually.

      In the event that a credit originator sells receivables to an accounts receivables management company such as Portfolio Recovery Associates, the credit originator receives immediate cash proceeds and eliminates the related fixed and variable costs associated with internal recovery operations. The discounted amount received by the credit originator typically ranges from one to ten percent of the face amount of the receivables, depending on the amount the purchaser anticipates it can recover and the anticipated effort required to recover that amount. Credit originators have developed a variety of processes in which to sell their receivables. Some credit originators pursue an auction-type sales approach in which they obtain bids for specified portfolios from competing parties. Receivables are also sold in privately-negotiated transactions between the credit originator and a purchaser. In addition, many credit originators enter into forward flow contracts. Forward flow contracts commit a credit originator to sell, and purchasers to acquire, a steady flow of defaulted consumer receivables periodically over a specified period of time, usually no less than one year, for a fixed percentage of the face amount of the receivables.

      As an alternative to selling defaulted receivables, a credit originator can place receivables with an outsourced accounts receivable management provider on a commission fee basis for a typical period of four to six months, or as long as nine months or more if there have been previous collection efforts. The commission fee paid to the provider is based on the likely collectibility of the defaulted consumer receivables principally is driven by the duration of the receivables past due status and typically has ranged from 15% to 50%.

      We believe an outsourced provider’s ability to successfully collect payments on defaulted receivables, despite previous collection efforts by the credit originator, is driven by several factors including the ability to:

  •   pursue collections over multi-year periods;
 
  •   tailor flexible repayment plans based on a consumer’s ability to pay; and
 
  •   utilize cumulative experience and resources, including litigation, reflecting their strategic focus on maximizing collections of defaulted receivables as their core business.

Competitive Strengths

Complete Outsourced Solution for Credit Originators

      We offer credit originators a complete outsourced solution to address their defaulted consumer receivables. Depending on a credit originator’s timing and needs, we can either purchase from the credit

39


 

originator their defaulted consumer receivables, providing immediate cash to the credit originator, or service those receivables on their behalf for a commission fee based on a percentage of our collections. Furthermore, we can purchase or service receivables throughout the entire delinquency cycle, from receivables that have only been processed for collection internally by the credit originator to receivables that have been subject to multiple external collection efforts. This flexibility helps us meet the needs of credit originators and allows us to become a trusted resource. Furthermore, our strength across multiple transaction and asset types provides the opportunity to cross-sell our services to credit originators, building on successful engagements.

Disciplined and Proprietary Underwriting Process

      One of the key components of our growth has been our ability to price portfolio acquisitions at levels that have generated profitable returns on investment. To date, we have consistently been able to collect at a rate of 2.5 to 3.0 times our purchase price for defaulted consumer receivables portfolios, as measured over a five-year period, which has enabled us to generate increasing profits and cash flow. Since October 2001, we have funded portfolio acquisitions primarily out of cash flow generated from our collection activities. In order to price portfolios and forecast the targeted collection results for a portfolio, we use two separate statistical models developed internally that are often supplemented with on-site due diligence of the credit originator’s collection process and loan files. As we collect on our portfolios, the results are input back into the models in an ongoing process which we believe increases their accuracy. Through June 30, 2002 our management team has acquired 292 portfolios with a face value of more than $4.2 billion.

Ability to Hire, Develop and Retain Productive Collectors

      In an industry characterized by high turnover, our ability to hire, develop and retain effective collectors is a key to our continued growth and profitability. We have found that tenure is a primary driver of our collector effectiveness. We offer our collectors a competitive wage with the opportunity to receive unlimited incentive compensation based on performance, as well as an attractive benefits package and the ability to work on a flexible schedule. We have a comprehensive six week training program for most new employees and provide continuing advanced classes conducted in our four training centers. Recognizing the demands of the job, management has endeavored to create a professional and supportive environment for collectors. Furthermore, several large military bases and several telemarketing, customer service and reservation phone centers are located near our headquarters in Virginia, providing access to a large pool of trained personnel. We have also found the Hutchinson, Kansas area to provide a large potential workforce of trained personnel.

Established Systems and Infrastructure

      We have devoted significant effort to developing our systems, including statistical models, databases and reporting packages, to optimize our portfolio purchases and collection efforts. In addition, our technology infrastructure is flexible, secure, reliable and redundant to ensure the protection of our sensitive data and to ensure minimal exposure to systems failure or unauthorized access. We believe that our systems and infrastructure give us meaningful advantages over our competitors. We have developed financial models and systems for pricing portfolio acquisitions, managing the collections process and monitoring operating results. We perform static pool analysis on each of our portfolios, inputting actual results back into our acquisition models, to enhance their accuracy. We monitor collection results continuously, seeking to identify and resolve negative trends immediately. Our comprehensive management reporting package is designed to fully inform the management team so that it may make timely operating decisions. This combination of hardware, software and proprietary modeling and systems has been developed by our team through years of experience in this industry and we believe provides us with an important competitive advantage from the acquisition process all the way through collection operations.

40


 

Strong Relationships with Major Credit Originators

      We have done business with many of the top 25 consumer lenders in the United States, including 11 of the top 13 bank credit card issuers and four of the five largest store credit card issuers. We maintain an extensive marketing effort and our senior management team is in contact with known and prospective credit originators. We believe that we have earned a reputation as a reliable purchaser of defaulted consumer receivables portfolios and as responsible collectors. Further, from the perspective of the selling credit originator, the failure to close on a negotiated sale of a portfolio consumes valuable time and expense and can have an adverse effect on pricing when the portfolio is re-marketed. We have never failed to close on a transaction. Similarly, if a credit originator sells a portfolio to a group that violates industry standard collecting practices, it can taint the reputation of the credit originator. We go to great lengths to collect from consumers in a responsible, professional and lawful manner. We believe our strong relationships with major credit originators provide us with access to quality opportunities for portfolio purchases and contingent fee collection placements.

Experienced Management Team

      We have an experienced management team with considerable expertise in the accounts receivable management industry. We were formed in March 1996 by four members of senior management that continue to lead us. Prior to our formation, the founders played key roles in the development and management of a consumer receivables acquisition and divestiture operation of Household Recovery Services, a subsidiary of Household International. As we have grown, our founders have expanded the management team with a group of successful, seasoned executives. Following this offering, our management team will own approximately 19% of our common stock on a fully diluted basis.

Growth Opportunities

Continue to Develop and Retain Collectors

      Based on our experience, collectors working on our owned portfolios who have been with us for more than 12 months are 90% more productive than collectors with less tenure. As we have grown, we have been able to increase the number of collectors with more than 12 months of tenure dramatically. Since August 1999, we have increased the number of collectors with more than 12 months of tenure from 28 to 254. We believe this leads directly to higher cash collections and higher operating margins. As of September 30, 2002, our base of existing collectors working on our owned portfolios is 452 persons, with an additional 48 collectors working on our contingent fee collections operations. We intend to maintain our historical controlled growth in the number of collectors we add. Accordingly, we expect the percentage of collectors with more than 12 months of experience will increase, which we believe will drive our productivity and profitability.

Maintain Conservative Capitalization for Portfolio Acquisitions

      The additional equity capital from this offering will allow us to continue to capitalize our portfolio acquisitions conservatively. As we continue to grow off a larger base of acquired portfolios, we will continue to capitalize them prudently. This helps ensure that we do not allow growth in our acquired portfolios to outpace growth in our collector base, and thus our ability to collect effectively and profitably on our acquired portfolios. We believe our capitalization and access to funds provides us with an advantage as we continue to be opportunistic purchasers of diversified pools of defaulted consumer receivables.

Increase Share in Growing Market

      The Kaulkin Report estimates that the market for outsourced accounts receivables management is growing at a rate of 14% per year. The growth is driven by increasing levels of consumer obligations, higher default rates and increasing use of third-party providers by credit originators to collect their defaulted receivables. The accounts receivable management industry is highly fragmented, with more than 6,000 companies providing a range of services across a broad spectrum of sophistication. We believe that

41


 

many of the smaller competitors have limited access to capital, inferior technology and minimal training for collectors. We feel that our position as a well-capitalized firm, offering a complete outsourced solution to credit originators across the defaulted consumer receivables spectrum will enable us to continue to grow faster than the industry overall.

Leverage Expertise into Other Asset Types

      To date, we have focused primarily on defaulted consumer credit card related receivables. We have also had profitable experiences with defaulted consumer receivables related to auto finance companies, retail finance, student loans, retail oil and gas, long-distance telephone, consumer finance and small business commercial debt. We expect to continue seeking opportunities to leverage our portfolio purchasing and collections expertise in these and other asset types. It is our intention to enter into new asset types, or expand our exposure to certain asset types with which we have had limited experience, in a controlled and disciplined way. We expect to continue to make small purchases with new asset types as we build our base of purchasing and collections expertise. Potential markets in which we may expand include receivables related to utilities, healthcare and specialty retail. Our success in new receivables markets will be dictated by our ability to price the receivables accurately and collect them effectively and profitably.

Grow Our Contingent Fee Collections Operations

      We commenced our contingent fee collections operations in March 2001. The capability to perform collections on a commission fee basis allows us to offer a complete outsourced solution to credit originators while leveraging our existing infrastructure, skill set, personnel and client relationships. We have experienced increased operating performance since commencing our contingent fee collections operations, which has generated positive operating income for the first six months of 2002. As of September 30, 2002, we have entered into contingent fee collection arrangements with 11 clients, four of which are credit originators from whom we have purchased portfolios from in the past. We currently anticipate that we will expand our contingent fee collections operations as we add collectors and offer credit originators the choice of selling their portfolios or having us service the accounts on a commission fee basis.

Leverage Existing Infrastructure and Management Team

      We have made substantial investments in technology, infrastructure and systems since our formation. In addition, we have a full management team in place that we believe is capable of leading our growth in the foreseeable future. As a result, we are capable of acquiring and servicing substantially larger volumes of defaulted consumer receivables without incurring proportional increases in fixed costs. In 2001, a 67% increase in revenues generated a 104% increase in income from operations.

Explore Selected Acquisitions

      We will evaluate opportunities to make acquisitions of companies or group hires. We will primarily seek opportunities that would add new skill sets, such as expertise in pricing new asset types. We would also seek opportunities that will bring us strong credit originator relationships, collection facilities and access to skilled collectors.

Portfolio Acquisitions

      Our portfolio of defaulted consumer receivables includes a diverse set of accounts that can be segmented by asset type, age and size of account, level of previous collection efforts and geography. To identify attractive buying opportunities, we maintain an extensive marketing effort with our senior officers contacting known and prospective sellers of defaulted consumer receivables. We acquire receivables of Visa®, MasterCard® and Discover® credit cards, private label credit cards, installment loans, lines of credit, deficiency balances of various types and legal judgments, all from a variety of credit originators. These credit originators include major banks, credit unions, consumer finance companies, retailers and auto finance companies. In addition, we exhibit at trade shows, advertise in a variety of trade publications and

42


 

attend industry events in an effort to develop account purchase opportunities. We also maintain active relationships with brokers of defaulted consumer receivables. The following chart categorizes our owned portfolios as of June 30, 2002 into the major asset types represented.
                                                   
Finance
Receivables,
No. of Face Value of Defaulted net as of
Asset Type Accounts % Consumer Receivables % June 30, 2002 %







Visa/MasterCard/Discover
    788,193       52.8 %   $ 2,838,080,351       68.0 %   $ 32,138,015       63.0 %
Consumer Finance
    232,982       15.6       519,715,923       12.5       4,717,012       9.2  
Private Label Credit Cards
    462,924       31.0       784,802,399       18.8       14,200,071       27.8  
Auto Deficiency
    8,643       0.6       27,557,659       0.7       4       0.0  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    1,492,742       100.0 %   $ 4,170,156,332       100.0 %   $ 51,055,102       100.0 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

      We have done business with many of the largest 25 consumer lenders in the United States, including 11 of the top 13 largest bank credit card issuers and four of the top five store credit card issuers. Since our formation, we have purchased accounts from approximately 40 credit originators. We currently have one forward flow contract with a major retail credit originator which we believe will account for more than 10% of our revenues in 2002.

      We have acquired portfolios at various price levels, depending on the age of the portfolio, its geographic distribution, our historical experience with a certain asset type or credit originator and similar factors. A typical defaulted consumer receivables portfolio ranges from $3.0 to $50.0 million in face value and contains defaulted consumer receivables from diverse geographic locations with average initial individual account balances of $2,500 to $6,000.

      The age of a defaulted consumer receivables portfolio (i.e., the time since an account has been charged-off) is an important factor in determining the maximum price at which we will purchase a receivables portfolio. Generally, there is an inverse relationship between the age of a portfolio and the price that we will purchase the portfolio. This relationship is due to the fact that older receivables typically are more difficult to collect. The accounts receivables management industry places receivables into categories depending on the number of collection agencies that have previously attempted to collect on the receivables. Fresh accounts are typically past due 120 to 270 days and charged-off by the credit originator that are either being sold prior to any post-charge-off collection activity or are placed with a third-party for the first time. These accounts typically sell for the highest purchase price. Primary accounts are typically 270 to 360 days past due, have been previously placed with one contingent fee servicer and receive a lower purchase price. Secondary and tertiary accounts are typically more than 360 days past due, have been placed with two or three contingent fee servicers and receive even lower purchase prices. As shown in the following chart, as of June 30, 2002 a majority of our portfolios are primary and secondary accounts but we purchase or service accounts at any point in the delinquency cycle.

                                                   
Finance
Receivables,
No. of Face Value of Defaulted net as of
Account Type Accounts % Consumer Receivables % June 30, 2002 %







Fresh
    111,945       7.5 %   $ 407,881,470       9.8 %   $ 7,360,865       14.4 %
Primary
    318,281       21.3       1,107,552,545       26.6       15,244,209       29.9  
Secondary
    644,725       43.2       1,509,814,635       36.2       23,001,231       45.1  
Tertiary
    243,351       16.3       601,177,224       14.4       3,190,451       6.2  
Other
    174,440       11.7       543,730,458       13.0       2,258,346       4.4  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    1,492,742       100.0 %   $ 4,170,156,332       100.0 %   $ 51,055,102       100.0 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

      We also review the geographic distribution of accounts within a portfolio because we have found that certain states have more debtor-friendly laws than others and, therefore, are less desirable from a collectibility perspective. In addition, economic factors and bankruptcy trends vary regionally and are

43


 

factored into our maximum purchase price equation. As the following chart illustrates, as of June 30, 2002 our overall portfolio of defaulted consumer receivables is generally balanced geographically.
                                   
No. of Face Value of Defaulted
Geographic Distribution Accounts % Consumer Receivables %





California
    167,665       11 %   $ 518,735,166       12 %
Texas
    178,616       12       495,065,527       12  
Florida
    139,696       9       412,434,098       10  
New York
    116,256       8       366,749,602       9  
Pennsylvania
    64,708       4       180,462,342       4  
New Jersey
    45,729       3       141,946,362       3  
Massachusetts
    43,156       3       130,150,283       3  
Illinois
    48,270       3       128,500,519       3  
Ohio
    46,529       3       119,607,248       3  
North Carolina
    46,343       3       114,892,653       3  
Georgia
    39,958       3       103,271,521       2  
Michigan
    39,728       3       101,593,767       2  
Maryland
    26,380       2       79,199,124       2  
Virginia
    28,038       2       74,644,900       2  
Tennessee
    28,283       2       69,678,497       2  
Missouri
    26,306       2       69,028,011       2  
Connecticut
    19,501       1       66,958,612       2  
Arizona
    22,296       1       64,391,227       2  
South Carolina
    25,346       2       63,663,770       2  
Other
    339,938       23       869,183,101       20 % (1)
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    1,492,742       100 %   $ 4,170,156,332       100 %
     
     
     
     
 

(1)  Each state included in “Other” represents under 2% of the face value of total defaulted consumer receivables.

Purchasing Process

      We acquire portfolios from credit originators through both an auction and a negotiated sale process. In an auction process, the credit originator will assemble a portfolio of receivables and seek purchase prices from specifically invited potential purchasers. In a privately negotiated sale process, the credit originator will contact known, reputable purchasers directly and negotiate the terms of sale. On a limited basis, we also acquire accounts in forward flow contracts. We currently have one such contract. Under a forward flow contract, we agree to purchase defaulted consumer receivables from a credit originator on a periodic basis, at a set percentage of face value of the receivables over a specified time period. These agreements typically have a provision requiring that the attributes of the receivables to be sold will not significantly change each month and that the credit originator’s efforts to collect these receivables will not change. If this provision is not provided for, the contract will allow for the early termination of the forward flow contract by the purchaser. Forward flow contracts are a consistent source of defaulted consumer receivables for accounts receivables management providers and provide the credit originators with a reliable source of revenue and a professional resolution of defaulted consumer receivables.

      In a typical sale transaction, a credit originator distributes a computer disk or data tape containing 10 to 15 basic data fields on each receivables account in the portfolio offered for sale. Such fields typically include the consumer’s name, address, outstanding balance, date of charge-off, date of last payment and the date the account was opened. We perform our initial due diligence on the portfolio by electronically cross-checking the data fields on the computer disk or data tape against the accounts in our owned

44


 

portfolios and against national demographic and credit databases. We compile a variety of portfolio level reports examining all demographic data available.

      In order to determine a maximum purchase price for a portfolio, we use computer models developed internally that often are supplemented with on-site due diligence of the credit originator’s collection operation and/or a review of their loan origination files, collection notes and work processes. We analyze the portfolio using our proprietary multiple regression model, which analyzes the broad characteristics of the portfolio by comparing it to portfolios we have previously acquired to determine collectibility at fixed periods in the future. In addition, we analyze the portfolio using an adjustment model, which uses an appropriate cash flow model depending upon whether it is a purchase of fresh, primary, secondary or tertiary accounts. We then make adjustments to the cash flow model to compensate for demographic attributes supported by detailed analysis of demographic data. This process yields our quantitative purchasing analysis used to help price transactions and prioritize collection work efforts subsequent to purchase. With respect to prospective forward flow contracts and other long-term relationships, in addition to the procedures outlined above, we may obtain a small test portfolio to evaluate and compare the characteristics of the portfolio to the assumptions we developed in our purchasing analysis.

      Our due diligence and portfolio review results in a comprehensive analysis of the proposed portfolio. This analysis compares defaulted consumer receivables in the prospective portfolio with our collection history in similar portfolios. We then summarize all anticipated cash collections and associated direct expenses and project a collectibility value expressed both in dollars and liquidation percentage and a detailed expense projection over the portfolio’s estimated five-year economic life. We use the total projected collectibility value to determine an appropriate purchase price.

      We maintain detailed static pool analysis on each portfolio that we have acquired, capturing all demographic data and revenue and expense items for further analysis. We use the static pool analysis to refine the underwriting models that we use to price future portfolio purchases. The results of the static pool analysis are input back into our models, increasing the accuracy of the models as the data set increases with every portfolio purchase and each day’s collection efforts.

      The quantitative and qualitative data derived in our due diligence is evaluated together with our knowledge of the current defaulted consumer receivables market and any subjective factors that management may know about the portfolio or the credit originator. A portfolio acquisition approval memorandum is prepared for each prospective portfolio before a purchase price is submitted to a credit originator. This approval memorandum, which outlines the portfolio’s anticipated collectibility and purchase structure, is distributed to members of our investment committee. The approval by the committee sets a maximum purchase price for the portfolio.

      Once a portfolio purchase has been approved by our investment committee and the terms of the sale have been agreed to with the credit originator, the acquisition is documented in an agreement that contains customary terms and conditions. Provisions are incorporated for bankrupt, disputed, fraudulent or deceased accounts and typically, the credit originator either agrees to re-purchase these accounts or replace them with acceptable replacement accounts within certain time frames.

Collection Operations

      Our work flow management system places, recalls and prioritizes accounts in collectors’ work queues, based on our analyses of our accounts and other demographic, credit and prior work collection attributes. We use this process to focus our work effort on those consumers most likely to pay on their accounts and to rotate to other collectors the non-paying accounts from which other collectors have been unsuccessful in receiving payment. The majority of our collections occur as a result of telephone contact with consumers.

      The age of a newly acquired portfolio will determine collection strategy. For example, we will obtain credit reports for many of fresh accounts and those accounts will be sent immediately to collectors’ work queues. Alternatively, we will send only those tertiary accounts with the highest perceived collectibility to

45


 

the collectors’ work queues, and the remaining will be set aside as house accounts to be collected using a predictive dialer.

      When a collector establishes contact with a consumer, the account information is placed automatically in the collector’s work queue. Our computer system allows each collector to view all the scanned documents relating to the consumer’s account, which typically includes the original account application and payment checks. A typical collector work queue may include 650 to 1,000 accounts, depending on the skill level of the collector. The work queue is depleted and replenished automatically by our computerized work flow system.

      On the initial contact call, the consumer is given a standardized presentation regarding the benefits of resolving his or her account with us. Emphasis is placed on determining the reason for the consumer’s default in order to better assess the consumer’s situation and create a plan for repayment. The collector is incentivized to have the consumer pay the full balance of the account. If the collector cannot obtain payment of the full balance, the collector will suggest a three to four month payment plan or a reduced lump-sum settlement. If the consumer elects to utilize an installment plan, we have developed a system to make monthly withdrawals from a consumer’s bank account. Furthermore, we will settle the consumer’s obligations for less than the full balance, and each collector is authorized to make settlements above a threshold percentage or with the authorization of our Director of Operations.

      If a collector is unable to establish contact with a consumer based on information received, the collector must undertake skip tracing procedures to develop important account information. Skip tracing is the process of developing new phone, address, job or asset information on a consumer. Each collector does his or her own skip tracing using a number of computer applications available at his or her workstation, as well as a series of automated skip tracing procedures implemented by us on a regular basis.

      Accounts for which the consumer is not cooperative and for which we can establish a garnishable job or attachable asset are reviewed for legal action. Depending on the balance of the defaulted consumer receivable and the applicable state collection laws, we determine whether to commence legal action to collect on the receivable. The legal process can take an extended period of time, but it also generates cash collections that likely would not have been realized otherwise.

      Our legal recovery department oversees and coordinates an independent nationwide collections attorney network which is responsible for the preparation and filing of judicial collection proceedings in multiple jurisdictions, determining the suit criteria, coordinating sales of property and instituting wage garnishments to satisfy judgments. This network consists of approximately 70 independent law firms who work on a contingent fee basis. Our legal department also processes proofs of claims for recovery on receivables which are included in consumer bankruptcies filed under Chapter 13 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, and submits claims against estates in cases involving deceased debtors having assets at the time of death. Legal cash collections currently constitute approximately 20% of our total collections. As our portfolio matures, a larger number of accounts will be directed to our Legal Recovery Department for judicial collection; consequently, we anticipate that legal cash collections will grow commensurately and comprise a considerably larger percentage of our total cash collections.

Contingent Fee Collections Operations

      In order to provide credit originators with alternative collection solutions and to capitalize on common competencies between a contingent fee collections operation and an acquired receivables portfolio business, we commenced our third-party contingent fee collections operations in March 2001. In a contingent fee arrangement, clients typically place defaulted receivables with an outsourced provider once they have been deemed non-collectible. The clients then pay the third-party agency a commission fee based upon the amount actually collected from the consumer. A contingent fee placement of defaulted consumer receivables is usually for a fixed time frame, typically four to six months, or as long as nine months or more if there have been previous collection efforts. At the end of this fixed period, the third-party agency will return the uncollected defaulted consumer receivables to the client, which may then place the defaulted consumer receivables with another collection agency or sell the portfolio receivables.

46


 

      The determination of the commission fee to be paid for third-party collections is generally based upon the potential collectibility of the defaulted consumer receivables being assigned for placement. For example, if there has been no prior third-party collection activity with respect to the defaulted consumer receivables, the commission fee would be lower than if there had been one or more previous collection agencies attempting to collect on the receivables. The earlier the placement of defaulted consumer receivables in the collection process, the higher the probability of receiving a cash collection and, therefore, the lower the cost to collect and the lower the commission fee. Other factors, such as the location of the consumers, the size of the defaulted consumer receivables and the clients’ collection procedures and work standards also contribute to establishing a commission fee.

      Once a defaulted consumer receivable has been placed with us, the collection process operates in a slightly different manner than with our portfolio acquisition business. Servicing time limitations imposed by our clients require a greater emphasis on immediate settlements and larger down payments, compared to much longer term repayment plans common with our owned portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables. In addition, work standards are often dictated by our clients. While our contingent fee collections operations utilize their own collectors and collection system, we have been able to leverage the portfolio acquisition business’ infrastructure, existing facilities and skill set of our management team to provide support for this business operation. The leveraged competencies of the portfolio acquisition business include our sophisticated technology systems and training techniques.

Competition

      We face competition in both of the markets we serve — owned portfolio and contingent fee accounts receivable management — from new and existing providers of outsourced receivables management services, including other purchasers of defaulted consumer receivables portfolios, third-party contingent fee collection agencies and credit originators that manage their own defaulted consumer receivables rather than outsourcing them. The accounts receivable management industry (owned portfolio and contingent fee) is highly fragmented and competitive, consisting of approximately 6,000 consumer and commercial agencies. We estimate that more than 90% of these agencies compete in the contingent fee market, based upon The Debt Buyers’ Association current membership. There are few significant barriers for entry to new providers of contingent fee receivables management services and, consequently, the number of agencies serving the contingent fee market may continue to grow. Greater capital needs and the need for portfolio evaluation expertise sufficient to price portfolios effectively constitute significant barriers for entry to new providers of owned portfolio receivables management services. Based on the Nilson Report’s estimate that $135 billion of defaulted consumer receivables were outsourced for collection in 2000, we believe that we possess less than a 1% market share.

      We face bidding competition in our acquisition of defaulted consumer receivables and in our obtaining placement of contingent fee receivables. We also compete on the basis of reputation, industry experience and performance. Among the positive factors which we believe influence our ability to compete effectively in this market are our ability to bid on portfolios at appropriate prices, our reputation from previous transactions regarding our ability to close transactions in a timely fashion, our relationships with originators of defaulted consumer receivables, our team of well-trained collectors who provide quality customer service and compliance with applicable collections laws, our ability to collect on various asset types and our ability to provide both purchased and contingent fee solutions to credit originators. Among the negative factors which we believe influence our ability to compete effectively in this market are that some of our current competitors and possible new competitors may have substantially greater financial, personnel and other resources, greater adaptability to changing market needs, longer operating histories and more established relationships in our industry than we currently have.

      In the future, we may not have the resources or ability to compete successfully. Some of our competitors have substantially greater financial, personnel and other resources, and there can be no assurance that additional competitors with greater resources than ours will not enter our market. Moreover, there can be no assurance that our existing or potential clients will continue to outsource their defaulted consumer receivables at recent levels or at all, or that we may continue to offer competitive bids for

47


 

defaulted consumer receivables portfolios. If we are unable to develop and expand our business or adapt to changing market needs as well as our current or future competitors are able to do, we may experience reduced access to defaulted consumer receivables portfolios at appropriate prices and reduced profitability.

Information Technology

Technology Operating Systems and Server Platform

      The scalability of our systems provides us with a technology system that is flexible, secure, reliable and redundant to ensure the protection of our sensitive data. We utilize Intel-based servers running industry standard open systems coupled with Microsoft Windows 2000 and NT Server operating systems. In addition, we utilize a blend of purchased and proprietary software systems tailored to the needs of our business. These systems are designed to eliminate inefficiencies in our collections, continue to meet business objectives in a changing environment and meet compliance obligations with regulatory entities. We believe that our combination of purchased and proprietary software packages provide collections automation that is superior to our competitors.

Network Technology

      To provide delivery of our applications, we utilize Intel-based workstations across our entire business operations. The environment is configured to provide speeds of 100 megabytes to the desktops of our collections and administration staff. Our one gigabyte server network architecture supports high-speed data transport. Our network system is designed to be scalable and meet expansion and inter-building bandwidth and quality of service demands.

Database Systems

      The ability to access and utilize data is essential to our being able to operate nationwide in a cost-effective manner. Our centralized computer-based information systems support the core processing functions of our business under a set of integrated databases and are designed to be both replicable and scalable to accommodate our internal growth. This integrated approach helps to assure that consistent sources are processed efficiently. We use these systems for portfolio and client management, skip tracing, check taking, financial and management accounting, reporting, and planning and analysis. The systems also support our consumers, including on-line access to address changes, account status and payment entry. We use a combination of Microsoft, Oracle and Cache database software to manage our portfolios, financial, customer and sales data, and we believe these systems will be sufficient for our needs for the foreseeable future. Our contingent fee collections operations database incorporates an integrated and proprietary predictive dialing platform used with our predictive dialer discussed below.

 
Redundancy, System Backup, Security and Disaster Recovery

      Our data centers provide the infrastructure for innovative collection services and uninterrupted support of hardware and server management, server co-location and an all-inclusive server administration for our business. We believe our facilities and operations include sufficient redundancy, file back-up and security to ensure minimal exposure to systems failure or unauthorized access. The preparations in this area include the use of call centers in Virginia and in Kansas in order to help provide redundancy for data and processes should one site be completely disabled. We have a comprehensive disaster recovery plan covering our business that is tested on a periodic basis. The combination of our locally distributed call control systems provides enterprise-wide call and data distribution between our call centers for efficient portfolio collection and business operations. In addition to real-time replication of data between the sites, incremental backups of both software and databases are performed on a daily basis and a full system backup is performed weekly. Backup data tapes are stored at an offsite location along with copies of schedules and production control procedures, procedures for recovery using an off-site data center, documentation and other critical information necessary for recovery and continued operation. Our Virginia headquarters has two separate power and telecommunications feeds, uninterruptible power supply and a

48


 

diesel-generator power plant, that provide a level of redundancy should a power outage or interruption occur. We also employ rigorous physical and electronic security to protect our data. Our call centers have restricted card key access and appropriate additional physical security measures. Electronic protections include data encryption, firewalls and multi-level access controls.
 
Plasma Displays for Real Time Data Utilization

      We utilize plasma displays at our main facility to aid in recovery of portfolios. The displays provide real-time business-critical information to our collection personnel for efficient collection efforts such as telephone, production, employee status, goal trending, training and corporate information.

Dialer Technology

      The Noble Systems Predictive Dialer ensures that our collection staff focuses on certain defaulted consumer receivables according to our specifications. Our predictive dialer takes account of all campaign and dialing parameters and is able to constantly adjust its dialing pace to match changes in campaign conditions and provide the lowest possible wait times on abandoned calls.

Employees

      We employed 598 persons on a full-time basis, including 452 collectors on our owned portfolios and an additional 48 collectors working in our contingent fee collections operations, as of September 30, 2002. None of our employees are represented by a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our relations with our employees are good.

Hiring

      We recognize that our collectors are critical to the success of our business as a majority of our collection efforts occur as a result of telephone contact with consumers. We have found that the tenure and productivity of our collectors are directly related. Therefore, attracting, hiring, training, retaining and motivating our collection personnel is a major focus for us. We pay our collectors competitive wages and offer employees a full benefits program which includes comprehensive medical coverage, short and long term disability, life insurance, dental and vision coverage, an employee assistance program and a matching 401(k) program. In addition to a base wage, we provide collectors with the opportunity to receive unlimited compensation through an incentive compensation program that pays bonuses above a set monthly base, based upon each collector’s collection results. This program is designed to ensure that employees are paid based not only on performance, but also on consistency. We believe that these practices have enabled us to achieve an annual post-training turnover rate of 34%.

      A large number of telemarketing, customer-service and reservation phone centers are located near our Virginia headquarters. We believe that we offer a higher base wage than many local employers and therefore have access to a large number of trained personnel. In addition, there are approximately 100,000 active-duty military personnel in the area. We employ numerous military spouses and retirees and find them to be excellent employees. We have also found the Hutchinson, Kansas area to provide a large potential workforce of trained personnel.

Training

      We provide a comprehensive six-week training program for all new collectors. The first three weeks of the training program is comprised of lectures to learn collection techniques, state and federal collection laws, systems, negotiation skills, skip tracing and telephone use. These sessions are then followed by an additional three weeks of practical experience conducting live calls with additional managerial supervision in order to provide employees with confidence and guidance while still contributing to our profitability. Each trainee must successfully pass a comprehensive examination before being assigned to the collection floor. In addition, we conduct continuing advanced classes in our four training centers. Our technology and systems allow us to monitor individual employees and then offer additional training in areas of deficiency

49


 

to increase productivity. In addition to our in-house training, many of our collectors take certification courses offered through the American Collectors Association.

Legal

Legal Recovery Department

      An important component of our collections effort involves our legal recovery department and the judicial collection of accounts of customers who have the ability, but not the willingness, to resolve their obligations. Our legal recovery department oversees and coordinates an independent nationwide attorney network which is responsible for the preparation and filing of judicial collection proceedings in multiple jurisdictions, determining the suit criteria, coordinating sales of property and instituting wage garnishments to satisfy judgments. This nationwide collections attorney network consists of approximately 70 independent law firms. Our legal recovery department also submits claims against estates in cases involving deceased debtors having assets at the time of death, and processes proofs of claims for recovery on accounts which are included in consumer bankruptcies filed under Chapter 13 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Recent proposed amendments to federal bankruptcy laws, if passed, will very likely have an impact upon our operations. The amendments, which, among other things, establish income criteria for the filing of a Chapter 7 bankruptcy petition, are expected to cause more debtors to file bankruptcy petitions under Chapter 13, rather than Chapter 7 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Consequently, we expect that fewer debtors will be able to have their obligations completely discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy actions, and will instead enter into the payment plans required by Chapter 13. We expect that this will enable us to generate recoveries from a larger number of bankrupt debtors through the filing of proofs of claims with bankruptcy trustees.

Corporate Legal Department

      Our corporate legal department manages general corporate legal matters, including litigation management, contract and document preparation and review, regulatory and statutory compliance, obtaining and maintaining multi-state licensing, bonding and insurance, and dispute and complaint resolution. As a part of its compliance functions, our corporate legal department also assists with training our staff. We provide employees with extensive training on the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act and other relevant laws and regulations. Our corporate legal department distributes guidelines and procedures for collection personnel to follow when communicating with a customer, customer’s agents, attorneys and other parties during our recovery efforts. In addition, our corporate legal department regularly researches, and provides collection personnel and the training department with summaries and updates of changes in federal and state statutes and relevant case law, so that they are aware of new laws and judicial interpretations of applicable requirements and laws when tracing or collecting an account.

Regulation

      Federal and state statutes establish specific guidelines and procedures which debt collectors must follow when collecting consumer accounts. It is our policy to comply with the provisions of all applicable federal laws and comparable state statutes in all of our recovery activities, even in circumstances in which we may not be specifically subject to these laws. Our failure to comply with these laws could have a material adverse effect on us in the event and to the extent that they apply to some or all of our recovery activities. Federal and state consumer protection, privacy and related laws and regulations extensively regulate the relationship between debt collectors and debtors, and the relationship between customers and credit card issuers. Significant federal laws and regulations applicable to our business as a debt collector include the following:

  •   Fair Debt Collection Practices Act. This act imposes certain obligations and restrictions on the practices of debt collectors, including specific restrictions regarding communications with consumer customers, including the time, place and manner of the communications. This act also gives consumers certain rights, including the right to dispute the validity of their obligations.

50


 

  •   Fair Credit Reporting Act. This act places certain requirements on credit information providers regarding verification of the accuracy of information provided to credit reporting agencies and investigating consumer disputes concerning the accuracy of such information. We provide information concerning our accounts to the three major credit reporting agencies, and it is our practice to correctly report this information and to investigate credit reporting disputes.
 
  •   Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. This act requires that certain financial institutions, including collection agencies, develop policies to protect the privacy of consumers’ private financial information and provide notices to consumers advising them of their privacy policies. This act also requires that if private personal information concerning a consumer is shared with another unrelated institution, the consumer must be given an opportunity to opt out of having such information shared. Since we do not share consumer information with non-related entities, except as required by law, or except as needed to collect on the receivables, our consumers are not entitled to any opt-out rights under this act. This act is enforced by the Federal Trade Commission, which has retained exclusive jurisdiction over its enforcement, and does not afford a private cause of action to consumers who may wish to pursue legal action against a financial institution for violations of this act.
 
  •   Electronic Funds Transfer Act. This act regulates the use of the Automated Clearing House (“ACH”) system to make electronic funds transfers. All ACH transactions must comply with the rules of the National Automated Check Clearing House Association (“NACHA”) and Uniform Commercial Code § 3-402. This act, the NACHA regulations and the Uniform Commercial Code give the consumer, among other things, certain privacy rights with respect to the transactions, the right to stop payments on a pre-approved fund transfer, and the right to receive certain documentation of the transaction. This act also gives consumers a right to sue institutions which cause financial damages as a result of their failure to comply with its provisions.
 
  •   Telephone Consumer Protection Act. In the process of collecting accounts, we use automated predictive dialers to place calls to consumers. This act and similar state laws place certain restrictions on telemarketers and users of automated dialing equipment who place telephone calls to consumers.
 
  •   U.S. Bankruptcy Code. In order to prevent any collection activity with bankrupt debtors by creditors and collection agencies, the U.S. Bankruptcy Code provides for an automatic stay, which prohibits certain contacts with consumers after the filing of bankruptcy petitions.

      Additionally, there are in some states statutes and regulations comparable to the above federal laws, and specific licensing requirements which affect our operations. State laws may also limit credit account interest rates and the fees, as well as limit the time frame in which judicial actions may be initiated to enforce the collection of consumer accounts.

      Although we are not a credit originator, some of these laws directed toward credit originators may occasionally affect our operations because our receivables were originated through credit transactions, such as the following laws, which apply principally to credit originators:

  •   Truth in Lending Act;
 
  •   Fair Credit Billing Act; and
 
  •   Equal Credit Opportunity Act.

      Federal laws which regulate credit originators require, among other things, that credit card issuers disclose to consumers the interest rates, fees, grace periods, and balance calculation methods associated with their credit card accounts. Consumers are entitled under current laws to have payments and credits applied to their accounts promptly, to receive prescribed notices, and to require billing errors to be resolved promptly. Some laws prohibit discriminatory practices in connection with the extension of credit. Federal statutes further provide that, in some cases, consumers cannot be held liable for, or their liability is limited with respect to, charges to the credit card account that were a result of an unauthorized use of the credit card. These laws, among others, may give consumers a legal cause of action against us, or may limit our

51


 

ability to recover amounts owing with respect to the receivables, whether or not we committed any wrongful act or omission in connection with the account. If the credit originator fails to comply with applicable statutes, rules and regulations, it could create claims and rights for consumers that could reduce or eliminate their obligations to repay the account, and have a possible material adverse effect on us. Accordingly, when we acquire defaulted consumer receivables, we contractually require credit originators to indemnify us against any losses caused by their failure to comply with applicable statutes, rules and regulations relating to the receivables before they are sold to us.

      The U.S. Congress and several states are currently in the process of enacting legislation concerning identity theft. Additional consumer protection and privacy protection laws may be enacted that would impose additional requirements on the enforcement of and recovery on consumer credit card or installment accounts. Any new laws, rules or regulations that may be adopted, as well as existing consumer protection and privacy protection laws, may adversely affect our ability to recover the receivables. In addition, our failure to comply with these requirements could adversely affect our ability to enforce the receivables.

      We cannot assure you that some of the receivables were not established as a result of identity theft or unauthorized use of a credit card and, accordingly, we could not recover the amount of the defaulted consumer receivables. As a purchaser of defaulted consumer receivables, we may acquire receivables subject to legitimate defenses on the part of the consumer. Our account purchase contracts allow us to return to the credit originators certain defaulted consumer receivables that may not be collectible, due to these and other circumstances. Upon return, the credit originators are required to replace the receivables with similar receivables or repurchase the receivables. These provisions limit to some extent our losses on such accounts.

Facilities

      Our principal executive offices and primary operations facility are located in approximately 40,000 square feet of leased space in Norfolk, Virginia and we rent two administrative facilities in Virginia Beach, Virginia that are each approximately 2,500 square feet. Our Virginia facilities can currently accommodate approximately 550 employees. We own a two-acre parcel of land across from our headquarters which we developed into a parking lot for use by our employees. In addition, we own an approximately 15,000 square foot facility in Hutchinson, Kansas that can currently accommodate approximately 100 employees. We are also in the process of seeking to secure one or more additional facilities in Virginia to accommodate an additional 250 to 300 employees. We do not consider any specific leased or owned facility to be material to our operations. We believe that equally suitable alternative facilities are available in all areas where we currently do business.

Legal Proceedings

      From time to time, we are involved in various legal proceedings which are incidental to the ordinary course of our business. We regularly initiate lawsuits against consumers and are occasionally countersued by them in such actions. Also, consumers occasionally initiate litigation against us, in which they allege that we have violated a state or federal law in the process of collecting on their account. We do not believe that these routine matters represent a substantial volume of our accounts or that, individually or in the aggregate, they are material to our business or financial condition.

      We have agreed to mediate a dispute concerning our acquisition of a receivables portfolio. We currently anticipate that the outcome of this mediation, even if adverse, will not have a material adverse impact on us.

      We are not a party to any material legal proceedings and we are unaware of any contemplated material actions against us.

52


 

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

      The following table sets forth certain information about our directors and executive officers.

             
Name Position Age



Steven D. Fredrickson
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board     43  
Kevin P. Stevenson
  Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary     38  
Craig A. Grube
  Senior Vice President — Acquisitions     42  
Andrew J. Holmes
  Senior Vice President — Administration     55  
James L. Keown
  Senior Vice President — Information Technology     45  
Judith S. Scott
  Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary     57  
David N. Roberts
  Director     40  

      It is currently anticipated that three additional directors, all of whom will be independent under current and proposed SEC and Nasdaq Stock Market regulations, will be appointed to our board of directors shortly after the closing of this offering.

      Steven D. Fredrickson, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board. Prior to co-founding Portfolio Recovery Associates in 1996, Mr. Fredrickson was Vice President, Director of Household Recovery Services’ (“HRSC”) Portfolio Services Group from late 1993 until February 1996. At HRSC Mr. Fredrickson was ultimately responsible for HRSC’s portfolio sale and purchase programs, finance and accounting, as well as other functional areas. Prior to joining HRSC, he spent five years with Household Commercial Financial Services managing a national commercial real estate workout team and five years with Continental Bank of Chicago as a member of the FDIC workout department, specializing in corporate and real estate workouts. He received a B.S. degree from the University of Denver and a M.B.A. degree from the University of Illinois. He is a past board member of the American Asset Buyers Association.

      Kevin P. Stevenson, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary. Prior to co-founding Portfolio Recovery Associates in 1996, Mr. Stevenson served as Controller and Department Manager of Financial Control and Operations Support at HRSC from June 1994 to March 1996, supervising a department of approximately 30 employees. Prior to joining HRSC, he served as Controller of Household Bank’s Regional Processing Center in Worthington, Ohio where he also managed the collections, technology, research and ATM departments. While at Household Bank, Mr. Stevenson participated in eight bank acquisitions and numerous branch acquisitions or divestitures. He is a certified public accountant and received his B.S.B.A. with a major in accounting from the Ohio State University.

      Craig A. Grube, Senior Vice President — Acquisitions. Prior to joining Portfolio Recovery Associates in March 1998, Mr. Grube was a senior officer and director of Anchor Fence, Inc., a manufacturing and distribution business from 1989 to March 1997, when the company was sold. Between the time of the sale and March 1998, Mr. Grube continued to work for Anchor Fence. Prior to joining Anchor Fence, he managed distressed corporate debt for the FDIC at Continental Illinois National Bank for five years. He received his B.A. degree from Boston College and his M.B.A. degree from the University of Illinois.

      Andrew J. Holmes, Senior Vice President — Administration. Prior to co-founding Portfolio Recovery Associates in 1996, Mr. Holmes was a 27-year veteran of Household Finance Corporation (“HFC”), last serving as Department Manager, Specialty Services at HRSC where he was responsible for portfolio sales and purchases. Mr. Holmes held a variety of management positions both in the lending and collection/recovery sides of various HFC businesses. He received his B.A. degree from St. Peters College.

53


 

      James L. Keown, Senior Vice President — Information Technology. Prior to co-founding Portfolio Recovery Associates in 1996, Mr. Keown had been with HRSC for 14 years and had sales and finance experience prior to joining HRSC. Mr. Keown’s final position at HRSC was Department Manager, Technology Service where he was directly responsible for a 275 node local area network, all phone and data communications, as well as performance engineering and applications programming.

      Judith S. Scott, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. Prior to joining Portfolio Recovery Associates in March 1998, Ms. Scott held senior positions, from 1991 to March 1998, with Old Dominion University as Director of its Virginia Peninsula campus, from 1985 to 1991, as General Counsel of a computer manufacturing firm; as Senior Counsel in the Office of the Governor of Virginia from 1982 to 1985; as Senior Counsel for the Virginia Housing Development Authority from 1976 to 1982, and as Assistant Attorney General for the Commonwealth of Virginia from 1975 to 1976. Ms. Scott received her B.S. from Virginia State University, a post baccalaureate degree from Swarthmore College, and a J.D. from the Catholic University School of Law.

      David N. Roberts, Director. Mr. Roberts has been a director of Portfolio Recovery Associates since its formation in 1996. Mr. Roberts joined Angelo, Gordon & Co., L.P. in 1993. He manages the firm’s private equity and special situations area and was the founder of the firm’s opportunistic real estate area. Mr. Roberts has invested in a wide variety of real estate, corporate and special situations transactions. Prior to joining Angelo Gordon, Mr. Roberts was a principal at Gordon Investment Corporation, a Canadian merchant bank from 1989 to 1993, where he participated in a wide variety of principal transactions including investments in the real estate, mortgage banking and food industries. Prior to joining Gordon Investment Corporation, he worked in the Corporate Finance Department of L.F. Rothschild where he specialized in mergers and acquisitions. He has a B.S. degree in economics from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

Compensation of Directors

      The non-employee members of the board of directors will receive compensation of $3,750 per quarter for their service on the board of directors. Directors who are employees will not receive any compensation for services performed in their capacity as directors. We will reimburse each director for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of the board of directors and any of its committees. In addition, directors who are not employees will be eligible to receive options under our 2002 Stock Option Plan. Under this plan, eligible directors may receive an option to purchase 5,000 shares of our common stock upon becoming a director (or in the case of Mr. Roberts, at the time of this offering) and additional shares on each anniversary of that date. Upon the appointment of three new directors, we intend to grant options to purchase in aggregate 20,000 shares of our common stock, with an exercise price equal to the then current market price per share, to our four non-employee directors.

Committees of the Board of Directors

      Upon the appointment of our independent directors, our board of directors will maintain a standing audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The audit committee will be responsible for recommending to the full board of directors the appointment of our independent accountants and reviewing with those accountants the scope of their audit and their report. The audit committee will also review and evaluate our accounting principles and system of internal accounting controls. The compensation committee will be responsible for acting on matters relating to the compensation of directors, senior management and key employees, including the granting of stock options. The nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for making recommendations to the full board of directors with respect to director nominees and monitoring corporate governance and ethical issues.

54


 

Executive Compensation

      The following table sets forth, for the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001, all compensation earned for services rendered in all capacities by our chief executive officer and each of our other top four executive officers whose salary and bonus exceeded $100,000 in 2001. These five officers are referred to as the “named executive officers” in this prospectus. The compensation table excludes other compensation in the form of perquisites and other personal benefits that constitute the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of the total annual salary and bonus earned by each of the named executive officers in 2001. In addition, the compensation described in this table does not include medical, group life insurance or other benefits which are available generally to all of our salaried employees.

Summary Compensation Table

                                   
Long-Term
Compensation

Annual Compensation Securities

Underlying
Name and Principal Position Year Salary($) Bonus($) Warrants(#) (1)





Steven D. Fredrickson
    2001       181,311       69,750        
  President, Chief Executive Officer and     2000       136,288       48,240       35,000  
  Chairman of the Board     1999       131,684       40,930       600,000  
James L. Keown
    2001       122,973       31,750        
  Senior Vice President — Information Technology     2000       101,246       26,685        
        1999       96,945       25,581       230,000  
Craig A. Grube
    2001       109,026       47,250        
  Senior Vice President — Acquisitions     2000       95,999       30,791       15,000  
      1999       85,133       18,479       300,000  
Kevin P. Stevenson
    2001       108,937       47,250        
  Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer,     2000       96,618       35,923       15,000  
  Treasurer and Assistant Secretary     1999       87,203       32,774       440,000  
Andrew J. Holmes
    2001       123,288       19,150        
  Senior Vice President — Administration     2000       102,060       13,599        
        1999       99,200       13,302       200,000  


(1)  In connection with the Reorganization, warrants owned by the named executive officers as shown in the above table will be exchanged for warrants to purchase the same number of shares of our common stock with the same respective exercise price. 2,110,000 warrants are immediately exercisable and have an exercise price of $4.20 per share.

Employment Agreements

      The following describe the employment agreements which we expect to enter into with each of the named executive officers soon after the consummation of this offering. All of such agreements will be effective as of the date of consummation of this offering.

      Steven D. Fredrickson’s employment agreement will expire on December 31, 2005. Mr. Fredrickson’s agreement will provide for a base salary of $190,000 per year for the first year and a four percent increase each subsequent year. Mr. Fredrickson will be eligible for an annual cash incentive bonus based on our management bonus program. Mr. Fredrickson will receive options to purchase 190,000 shares of our common stock which, in accordance with his employment agreement, will vest immediately upon a change of control. The agreement will also contain confidentiality provisions, a one year non-compete covenant and a two year non-solicitation covenant. If we terminate Mr. Fredrickson without cause or if Mr. Fredrickson terminates his employment within six months following a change of control, he would receive a severance package that would include a lump-sum payment equal to (w) his then current base salary, target bonus compensation and accrued vacation pay through the date of such termination, (x) the greater of a lump-sum payment equal to two times his then current base salary or the minimum base

55


 

salary due under the remaining term of his employment agreement, (y) the greater of a lump-sum payment equal to two times the amount of the bonus compensation, if any, paid to him in the year immediately prior to the year of termination or the target bonus compensation due under the remaining term of the employment agreement (whether or not the target is actually met) and (z) certain benefits, including payment for COBRA benefits for the longer of 12 months or the remaining term of his employment agreement. In the event that Mr. Fredrickson’s employment agreement is not renewed, he would receive a severance package that would include (i) a lump sum payment equal to his then remaining base salary, target bonus compensation and accrued vacation pay through the term renewal date, (ii) a lump sum payment equal to one times his then current base salary and (iii) certain benefits, including payment for COBRA benefits for 12 months.

      James L. Keown’s employment agreement will expire on December 31, 2005. Mr. Keown’s agreement will provide for a base salary of $105,000 per year for the first year and a four percent increase each subsequent year. Mr. Keown will be eligible for an annual cash incentive bonus based on our management bonus program. The agreement will also contain confidentiality provisions, a one year non-compete covenant and a two year non-solicitation covenant. If we terminate Mr. Keown without cause or if Mr. Keown terminates his employment within six months following a change of control, he would receive a severance package that would include a lump-sum payment equal to (w) his then current base salary, target bonus compensation and accrued vacation pay through the date of such termination, (x) the greater of a lump-sum payment equal to one times his then current base salary or the minimum base salary due under the remaining term of his employment agreement, (y) the greater of a lump-sum payment equal to one times the amount of the bonus compensation, if any, paid to him in the year immediately prior to the year of termination or the target bonus compensation due under the remaining term of the employment agreement (whether or not the target is actually met) and (z) certain benefits, including payment for COBRA benefits for the longer of three months or the remaining term of his employment agreement. In the event that Mr. Keown’s employment agreement is not renewed, he would receive a severance package that would include (i) a lump sum payment equal to his then remaining base salary, target bonus compensation and accrued vacation pay through the term renewal date, (ii) a lump sum payment equal to one-quarter times his then current base salary and (iii) certain benefits, including payment for COBRA benefits for three months.

      Craig A. Grube’s employment agreement will expire on December 31, 2005. Mr. Grube’s agreement will provide for a base salary of $120,000 per year for the first year and a four percent increase each subsequent year. Mr. Grube will be eligible for an annual cash incentive bonus based on our management bonus program. Mr. Grube will receive options to purchase 105,000 shares of our common stock which, in accordance with his employment agreement, will vest immediately upon a change of control. The agreement will also contain confidentiality provisions, a one year non-compete covenant and a two year non-solicitation covenant. If we terminate Mr. Grube without cause or if Mr. Grube terminates his employment within six months following a change of control, he would receive a severance package that would include a lump-sum payment equal to (w) his then current base salary, target bonus compensation and accrued vacation pay through the date of such termination, (x) the greater of a lump-sum payment equal to two times his then current base salary or the minimum base salary due under the remaining term of his employment agreement, (y) the greater of a lump-sum payment equal to two times the amount of the bonus compensation, if any, paid to him in the year immediately prior to the year of termination or the target bonus compensation due under the remaining term of the employment agreement (whether or not the target is actually met) and (z) certain benefits, including payment for COBRA benefits for the longer of 12 months or the remaining term of his employment agreement. In the event that Mr. Grube’s employment agreement is not renewed, he would receive a severance package that would include (i) a lump sum payment equal to his then remaining base salary, target bonus compensation and accrued vacation pay through the term renewal date, (ii) a lump sum payment equal to one times his then current base salary and (iii) certain benefits, including payment for COBRA benefits for 12 months.

      Kevin P. Stevenson’s employment agreement will expire on December 31, 2005. Mr. Stevenson’s agreement will provide for a base salary of $120,000 per year for the first year and a four percent increase

56


 

each subsequent year. Mr. Stevenson will be eligible for an annual cash incentive bonus based on our management bonus program. Mr. Stevenson will receive options to purchase 105,000 shares of our common stock which, in accordance with his employment agreement, will vest immediately upon a change of control. The agreement will also contain confidentiality provisions, a one year non-compete covenant and a two year non-solicitation covenant. If we terminate Mr. Stevenson without cause or if Mr. Stevenson terminates his employment within six months following a change of control, he would receive a severance package that would include a lump-sum payment equal to (w) his then current base salary, target bonus compensation and accrued vacation pay through the date of such termination, (x) the greater of a lump-sum payment equal to two times his then current base salary or the minimum base salary due under the remaining term of his employment agreement, (y) the greater of a lump-sum payment equal to two times the amount of the bonus compensation, if any, paid to him in the year immediately prior to the year of termination or the target bonus compensation due under the remaining term of the employment agreement (whether or not the target is actually met) and (z) certain benefits, including payment for COBRA benefits for the longer of 12 months or the remaining term of his employment agreement. In the event that Mr. Stevenson’s employment agreement is not renewed, he would receive a severance package that would include (i) a lump sum payment equal to his then remaining base salary, target bonus compensation and accrued vacation pay through the term renewal date, (ii) a lump sum payment equal to one times his then current base salary and (iii) certain benefits, including payment for COBRA benefits for 12 months.

      Andrew J. Holmes’ employment agreement will expire on December 31, 2005. Mr. Holmes’ agreement will provide for a base salary of $94,640 per year for the first year and a four percent increase each subsequent year. Mr. Holmes will be eligible for an annual cash incentive bonus based on our management bonus program. The agreement will also contain confidentiality provisions, a one year non-compete covenant and a two year non-solicitation covenant. If we terminate Mr. Holmes without cause or if Mr. Holmes terminates his employment within six months following a change of control, he would receive a severance package that would include a lump-sum payment equal to (w) his then current base salary, target bonus compensation and accrued vacation pay through the date of such termination, (x) the greater of a lump-sum payment equal to one times his then current base salary or the minimum base salary due under the remaining term of his employment agreement, (y) the greater of a lump-sum payment equal to one times the amount of the bonus compensation, if any, paid to him in the year immediately prior to the year of termination or the target bonus compensation due under the remaining term of the employment agreement (whether or not the target is actually met) and (z) certain benefits, including payment for COBRA benefits for the longer of three months or the remaining term of his employment agreement. In the event that Mr. Holmes’ employment agreement is not renewed, he would receive a severance package that would include (i) a lump sum payment equal to his then remaining base salary, target bonus compensation and accrued vacation pay through the term renewal date, (ii) a lump sum payment equal to one-quarter times his then current base salary and (iii) certain benefits, including payment for COBRA benefits for three months.

2002 Stock Option Plan

      Our 2002 Stock Option Plan will become effective prior to the closing of this offering. We believe that the plan will promote our success and enhance our value by linking the personal interests of participants to those of our stockholders and providing an incentive for outstanding performance.

      Under the plan, we may grant nonqualified or incentive stock options to our officers, directors, employees and key consultants. The plan will be administered by our compensation committee. The compensation committee will have authority to administer the plan, including the power to determine eligibility, the types and sizes of options, the price and timing of options, and any vesting, including acceleration of vesting, of options.

      An aggregate of 2,000,000 shares of our common stock will be available for grant under the plan, subject to a proportionate increase or decrease in the event of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock

57


 

dividend, or other adjustment to our common stock. Under the plan, the maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be granted to any employee during any fiscal year is 200,000.

      The members of the board of directors have previously approved the grant of options to the following executive officers at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price as shown in the following table:

         
Name Number of Shares


Steven D. Fredrickson
    190,000  
Kevin P. Stevenson
    105,000  
Craig A. Grube
    105,000  
James L. Keown
    10,000  
Judith S. Scott
    25,000  

      Upon the appointment of independent directors and the formation of a compensation committee, options will be granted to our non-employee directors as described under the caption “Compensation of Directors” above. The plan will be approved by the members of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. in connection with the Reorganization. The compensation committee may terminate or amend the plan to the extent stockholder approval is not required by law. Termination or amendment will not adversely affect options previously granted under the plan.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

      We are obligated in some situations, under our certificate of incorporation and by-laws to indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. We must indemnify our directors and officers with respect to all expenses, liability and losses reasonably incurred or suffered in any action, suit or proceeding in which the person was or is made or threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved by reason of the fact that the person is or was our director or officer. We are obligated to pay the reasonable expenses of the directors or officers incurred in defending the proceedings if the indemnified party agrees to repay all amounts advanced by us if it is ultimately determined that the indemnified party is not entitled to indemnification. We also maintain customary insurance covering directors and officers. See “Description of Capital Stock — Limitations on Liability of Officers and Directors.”

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

      On December 30, 1999, we entered into a $12.5 million credit agreement with AG PRA 1999 Funding Co., LLC (“AG 1999”) that expired on June 30, 2002. Terms of the agreement included the possibility of AG 1999 earning contingent interest. AG 1999 is owned by affiliates of Angelo Gordon, our majority stockholder, and by Steven Fredrickson, Craig Grube and David Roberts. Over the term of the agreement we borrowed $6.6 million. In December 2001, we paid off all outstanding loans under this agreement and incurred an expense of $300,000 to extinguish the contingent interest provision. In addition, in accordance with this agreement we granted AG 1999 warrants to purchase 125,000 membership units of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. which were immediately exercisable for $3.60 per unit. This agreement with AG 1999 expired on June 30, 2002. In connection with the Reorganization, warrants issued to AG 1999 were exchanged for comparable warrants to purchase 125,000 shares of our common stock, which were immediately exercisable for $3.60 per share.

      PRA Investments, L.L.C., one of our principal stockholders, was formed in March 1999 in order to make an investment in our equity. PRA Investments, L.L.C. is a single-investment entity and has never invested or held securities other than the membership units of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. and shares of our common stock. Angelo Gordon is the managing member of PRA Investments, L.L.C. and owns 1.1% of its outstanding membership interests.

58


 

      David N. Roberts, one of our directors, is a limited partner of the entity which is a general partner of Angelo Gordon, one of our principal stockholders. As a limited partner in such entity, Mr. Roberts maintains an indirect economic interest in Angelo Gordon, but does not exercise voting or investment power over the shares beneficially owned by PRA Investments, L.L.C., Angelo Gordon or the entity of which he is a limited partner.

      With respect to related party transactions we require that written agreements are negotiated and executed between the related party and us. Prior to execution, any such agreement must be reviewed and approved by our board of directors. The agreement discussed above was entered into after arms’ length negotiations between the related party and us.

59


 

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

      The following table contains information about the beneficial ownership of our common stock before and after our initial public offering for:

  •   each stockholder known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our common stock;
 
  •   each of our directors;
 
  •   each of our named executive officers; and
 
  •   all directors and executive officers as a group.

      The percentage ownership in the following table is based on shares of common stock outstanding on August 31, 2002, after giving effect to the Reorganization.

      Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as indicated by footnote and subject to community property laws where applicable, to our knowledge the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by them. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, all outstanding warrants are deemed outstanding, while such warrants are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing percentage ownership of any other person.

                         
Percent
beneficially
Number of owned
shares
beneficially Before After
Name of beneficial owner owned offering offering (1)




PRA Investments, L.L.C. 
    6,051,166       60.5 %     44.9 % (2)
Angelo, Gordon & Co., L.P. (3)
    2,834,667       28.3 %     21.0 %
Steven D. Fredrickson (4)
    968,149       9.1 %     6.9 %
Kevin P. Stevenson (5)
    556,900       5.3 %     4.0 %
Craig A. Grube (6)
    404,525       3.9 %     2.9 %
Andrew J. Holmes (7)
    464,463       4.6 %     3.4 %
James L. Keown (8)
    494,463       4.8 %     3.6 %
Judith S. Scott (9)
    10,000       *       *  
David N. Roberts (10)
    2,500       *       *  
All executive officers and directors as a group (7 persons) (10)(11)
    2,901,000       24.5 %     18.9 %


     * Less than 1%.

  (1)  Assumes no exercise of the over-allotment option.
 
  (2)  PRA Investments, L.L.C. has granted the underwriters the option to purchase up to an additional 520,500 shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments.
 
  (3)  Includes 67,833 shares, or 0.68%, indirectly owned by Angelo Gordon through its investment in PRA Investments, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, and immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 21,000 shares issued to AG 1999. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.” Excludes 5,983,333 shares, or 59.83%, held by PRA Investments, L.L.C. but not owned by Angelo Gordon. Mr. Roberts, one of our directors, is an employee of Angelo Gordon but does not exercise voting or investment power over the shares beneficially owned by PRA Investments, L.L.C. or Angelo Gordon. PRA Investments, L.L.C. is the selling stockholder in this offering.
 
  (4)  Includes immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 636,000 shares, including warrants to purchase 1,000 shares issued to AG 1999. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”
 
  (5)  Includes immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 455,000 shares.

60


 

  (6)  Includes immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 317,000 shares, including warrants to purchase 2,000 shares issued to AG 1999. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”
 
  (7)  Includes immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 200,000 shares.
 
  (8)  Includes immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 230,000 shares.
 
  (9)  Includes immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 7,500 shares.

(10)  Does not include any shares owned by Angelo Gordon or PRA Investments, L.L.C., but includes immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 2,500 shares issued to AG 1999. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”
 
(11)  Includes immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 1,848,000 shares, including warrants to purchase 5,500 shares issued to AG 1999. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

61


 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

      Upon the closing of this offering and the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist of 30,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value share, and 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. After giving effect to the Reorganization, but before giving effect to the sale of shares by us or the selling stockholder pursuant to this offering, upon the closing of this offering, there were outstanding 10,000,000 shares of our common stock, held of record by 14 stockholders, and outstanding warrants to purchase 2,235,000 shares of our common stock.

      The following description of our capital stock is qualified in its entirety by reference to our certificate of incorporation, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Common Stock

      We have a single class of common stock. Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders generally. Stockholders have no right to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors may elect all of the directors standing for election. Our certificate of incorporation gives the holders of our common stock no preemptive or other subscription or conversion rights, and there are no redemption provisions with respect to the shares. All outstanding shares of our common stock are, and the shares offered hereby will be, when issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

      Our certificate of incorporation authorizes the board of directors at any time, and from time to time, to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series, with such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as the board of directors may determine, subject to the limitations prescribed by law and the certificate of incorporation. If any shares of preferred stock are issued, a certificate of designation, setting forth the series of such preferred stock and the rights, privileges and limitations of the holders of the preferred stock will be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

Warrants

      In March 1999, in connection with an internal reorganization of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., warrants to purchase 2,000,000 membership units were issued and additional warrants to purchase 235,000 membership units were since issued and are outstanding. Exercise prices of the warrants ranged from $3.60 to $10.00 at a weighted average exercise price of $4.30 per share. In connection with the Reorganization, all of the issued and outstanding warrants will be exchanged by the respective holders for comparable warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2,235,000 shares of our common stock at the same respective exercise prices. Due to this offering, the vesting period for most of these warrants will be accelerated and the outstanding warrants will be exercisable upon the closing of this offering. The total number of warrants that will not vest is 125,000; 75,000 of which were granted in 2001 and 50,000 of which were granted in 2002. For the warrants that do accelerate due to this offering, this will result in a $15,000 expense being incurred in fiscal 2002, instead of 2003 and 2004 which would have been called for under the normal vesting schedule. We will expense those in accordance with SFAS No. 123.

Options

      Our 2002 Stock Option Plan will become effective at the closing of this offering. A total of 2,000,000 authorized shares of common stock are reserved for issuance under the plan. Under the plan we may grant

62


 

nonqualified or incentive stock options to our officers, directors and employees. No awards have been granted under this plan or are contemplated except as described under “Management — Compensation of Directors” and “Management — Compensation Under Plans.”

Limitations on Liability of Officers and Directors

      Our certificate of incorporation provides that our directors shall not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

  •   any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
 
  •   acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  •   payments of dividends or stock purchases or redemptions in violation of Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; and
 
  •   any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

      Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws also provide for indemnification of our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including some instances in which indemnification is otherwise discretionary under Delaware law. We believe that these provisions are essential to attracting and retaining qualified persons as directors and officers.

      There is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought. In addition, we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any officer or director.

Restrictive Provisions of By-laws and Certificate of Incorporation

      Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws contain provisions that may make it more difficult, expensive or otherwise discourage a tender offer or a change in control or takeover attempt by a third-party, even if such a transaction would be beneficial to our stockholders. The existence of these provisions may have a negative impact on the price of our common stock by discouraging third-party investors from purchasing our common stock. In particular, our certificate of incorporation and by-laws include provisions that:

  •   classify our board of directors into three groups, each of which, after an initial transition period, will serve for staggered three-year terms;
 
  •   permit a majority of the stockholders to remove our directors only for cause;
 
  •   permit our directors, and not our stockholders, to fill vacancies on our board of directors;
 
  •   require stockholders to give us advance notice to nominate candidates for election to our board of directors or to make stockholder proposals at a stockholders’ meeting;
 
  •   permit a special meeting of our stockholders be called only by approval of a majority of the directors, the chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president or the written request of 30% of our stockholders;
 
  •   permit our board of directors to issue, without approval of our stockholders, preferred stock with such terms as our board of directors may determine;
 
  •   permit the authorized number of directors to be changed only by a resolution of the board of directors; and
 
  •   require the vote of the holders of a majority of our voting shares for stockholder amendments to our by-laws.

63


 

      Our certificate of incorporation also precludes an interested stockholder, generally a holder of 15% of our common stock, from engaging in a merger, asset sale or other business combination with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless one of the following occurs:

  •   prior to the time the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested stockholder;
 
  •   the stockholder owned at least 85% of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation, excluding shares held by directors who were also officers or held in certain employee stock plans, upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in a stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; and
 
  •   the business combination was approved by the board of directors and by two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation, excluding shares held by the interested stockholder.

      In general, our current major stockholders and their affiliates and transferees are excepted from these limitations.

      Our by-laws require that, subject to certain exceptions, any stockholder desiring to propose business or nominate a person to the board of directors at a stockholders meeting must give notice of any proposals or nominations within a specified time frame. These provisions may have the effect of precluding a nomination for the election of directors or the conduct of business at a particular annual meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a third-party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, even if the conduct of such solicitation or such attempt might be beneficial to us and our stockholders. For us to include a proposal in our annual proxy statement, the proponent and the proposal must comply with the proxy proposal submission rules of the SEC.

      Our certificate of incorporation provides that it will require the vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors to remove a director and only for cause. In addition, stockholders can amend or repeal our by-laws only with the vote of the holders of at least a majority of our outstanding common stock. In addition, our certificate of incorporation has established that we will have a classified board of directors. A classified board is one in which a group or class of directors is elected on a rotating basis each year. This method of electing directors makes changes in the composition of the board of directors lengthier, which consequently would make a change in control of a corporation a lengthier and more difficult process.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

      The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company.

64


 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

      We will have 13,470,000 shares of common stock outstanding after this offering. Of those shares, only the 3,470,000 shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction immediately, unless purchased by persons deemed to be our “affiliates” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The remaining 10,000,000 shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately following this offering are “restricted” which means they were originally sold in certain types of offerings that were not subject to a registration statement filed with the SEC. These restricted shares may only be sold through registration under the Securities Act or under an available exemption from registration, such as provided through Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. In general, under Rule 144 a person or persons whose shares are aggregated including an affiliate, who has beneficially owned the shares for one year or more, may sell in the open market within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

  •   1% of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, which would be approximately 134,700 shares immediately after this offering; or
 
  •   the average weekly trading volume in the common stock on the Nasdaq National Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the sale.

      Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to limitations on the manner of sale, notice requirements and the availability of our current public information. A person who is deemed not to have been our affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale by him and who has beneficially owned his or her shares for at least two years, may sell the shares in the public market under Rule 144(k) without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions, notice requirements, or the availability of current information we refer to above. After restricted shares are properly sold in reliance upon Rule 144, they will be freely tradeable without restrictions or registration under the Securities Act, unless thereafter held by one of our affiliates. Due to the Reorganization, all shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after this offering (except for the 3,470,000 shares sold in this offering) shall be deemed to have a new “holding period” for purposes of Rule 144.

      We have reserved an aggregate of 2,000,000 shares of common stock for issuance under our 2002 Stock Option Plan and 2,235,000 shares of common stock for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants. We intend to register the shares subject to the plan on a registration statement following this offering. Shares of common stock issued under the plan after the effective date of any registration statement registering the shares will be available for sale in the public market without restriction to the extent they are held by persons who are not our affiliates, and by affiliates under Rule 144.

      The holders of 10,000,000 shares of common stock outstanding not being sold in this offering have agreed to a 180-day “lock-up” with respect to these shares. This generally means they cannot sell these shares during the 180 days following the date of this prospectus. See “Underwriting.” After the 180-day lock-up period, these shares may be sold in accordance with the provisions of the federal securities laws.

      No trading market for the common stock existed prior to this offering. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales of shares under Rule 144 or otherwise will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of common stock into the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the then prevailing market price.

65


 

UNDERWRITING

      The underwriters named below, for which William Blair & Company, L.L.C., and U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement by and among the underwriters, the selling stockholder and us, to purchase from us and the selling stockholder, the respective number of shares of common stock set forth opposite each underwriter’s name in the table below.

         
Underwriter Number of Shares


William Blair & Company, L.L.C. 
       
U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
    3,470,000  

      This offering will be underwritten on a firm commitment basis. In the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase the shares of common stock being sold pursuant this prospectus at a price per share equal to the public offering price less the underwriting discount specified on the cover page of this prospectus. According to the terms of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters either will purchase all of the shares or none of them. In the event of default by any underwriter, in certain circumstances, the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated. In the underwriting agreement, we and the selling stockholder have made certain representations and warranties to the underwriters and have agreed to indemnify them and their controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

      The representatives of the underwriters have advised us and the selling stockholder that the underwriters propose to offer the common stock to the public initially at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to selected dealers at such price less a concession of not more than $[          ] per share. The underwriters may allow, and such dealers may re-allow, a concession not in excess of $[          ] per share to certain other dealers. The underwriters will offer the shares subject to prior sale and subject to receipt and acceptance of the shares by the underwriters. The underwriters may reject any order to purchase shares in whole or in part. The underwriters expect that we and the selling stockholder will deliver the shares to the underwriters through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company in New York, New York on or about [                    ], 2002. At that time, the underwriters will pay us and the selling stockholder for the shares in immediately available funds. After commencement of the public offering, the representatives may change the public offering price and other selling terms.

      PRA Investments, L.L.C. has granted the underwriters an option, exercisable within 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 520,500 additional shares of common stock at the same price per share to be paid by the underwriters for the other shares offered hereby solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments. If the underwriters purchase any such additional shares pursuant to this option, each of the underwriters will be committed to purchase such additional shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above. The underwriters may exercise the

66


 

option only for the purpose of covering excess sales, if any, made in connection with the distribution of the shares of common stock offered hereby. The underwriters will offer any additional shares that they purchase on the terms described in the preceding paragraph. The selling stockholder is an “underwriter” within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act.

      The underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 104,100 shares of common stock in this offering for our employees, relatives of our executive officers, business associates and other possible third parties. Those receiving these reserved shares will not be subject to lock-up agreements by virtue of their having purchased such shares (though an employee could otherwise be subject to a lock-up agreement as an executive officer). Purchases of the reserved shares would reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. The underwriters will offer any reserved shares which are not so purchased to the general public on the same terms as the other shares being sold in this offering.

      The following table summarizes the compensation to be paid by us and the selling stockholder to the underwriters. This information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option:

                         
Without With
Over- Over-
Per Share Allotment Allotment



Public offering price
                       
Underwriting discount paid by us
                       
Underwriting discount paid by selling stockholder
                       
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
                       
Proceeds to the selling stockholder
                       

      We estimate that our total expenses for this offering, excluding the underwriting discount, will be approximately $500,000.

      We, each of our directors and executive officers and Angelo Gordon (on behalf of itself and PRA Investments, L.L.C.), who in the aggregate have the right of disposition for 9,847,975 shares of common stock, have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, not to, without the prior written consent of William Blair & Company, L.L.C.:

  •   directly or indirectly, offer, sell (including “short” selling), assign, transfer, encumber, pledge, contract to sell, grant an option to purchase, establish an open “put equivalent position” within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act, or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into, or exercisable for, common stock held of record or beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act); and
 
  •   enter any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any common stock.

      This agreement does not extend to bona fide gifts to immediate family members of such persons who agree to be bound by such restrictions, or to limited partners or stockholders, who agree to be bound by such restrictions. In determining whether to consent to a transaction prohibited by these restrictions, the underwriters will take into account various factors, including the number of shares requested to be sold, the anticipated manner and timing of sale, the potential impact of the sale on the market for the common stock, and market conditions generally. We may grant options and issue common stock under existing stock option plans and issue unregistered shares in connection with any outstanding convertible securities or options during the lock-up period. For more information, see “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

      The representatives have informed us that the underwriters will not confirm, without client authorization, sales to their client accounts as to which they have discretionary authority. The representatives have also informed us that the underwriters intend to deliver all copies of this prospectus

67


 

via hand delivery or through mail or courier services and only printed forms of the prospectus are intended to be used.

      In connection with this offering, the underwriters and other persons participating in this offering may engage in transactions which affect the market price of the common stock. These may include stabilizing and over-allotment transactions and purchases to cover syndicate short positions. Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock. An over-allotment involves selling more shares of common stock in this offering than are specified on the cover page of this prospectus, which results in a syndicate short position. The underwriters may cover this short position by purchasing common stock in the open market or by exercising all or part of their over-allotment option. In addition, the representatives may impose a penalty bid. This allows the representative to reclaim the selling concession allowed to an underwriter or selling group member if common stock sold by such underwriter or selling group member in this offering is repurchased by the representative in stabilizing or syndicate short covering transactions. These transactions, which may be effected on the Nasdaq National Market or otherwise, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock and could cause the price to be higher than it would be without these transactions. The underwriters and other participants in this offering are not required to engage in any of these activities and may discontinue any of these activities at any time without notice. We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters make no representation or prediction as to whether the underwriters will engage in such transactions or choose to discontinue any transactions engaged in or as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that these transactions may have on the price of the common stock.

      Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Consequently, we and representatives of the underwriters will negotiate to determine the initial public offering price. We and they will consider current market conditions, our operating results in recent periods, the market capitalization of other companies in our industry and estimates of our potential. The estimated price range specified on the cover page of this prospectus may change because of market conditions and other factors.

      The selling stockholder is an affiliate of Angelo Gordon, which is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the “NASD”). Because an affiliate of an NASD member that has participated in the preparation of this prospectus may (if the over-allotment option is exercised) receive some of the proceeds of this offering, this offering is being conducted in accordance with Rule 2720 of the NASD. That rule requires that the price at which our common stock is offered to the public be no higher than that recommended by a “qualified independent underwriter,” as defined by the NASD. William Blair & Company, L.L.C. has served in that capacity and performed due diligence investigations and reviewed and participated in the preparation of this prospectus.

      We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “PRAA.”

      In the ordinary course of business, some of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, investment banking, commercial banking and other services to us for which they have received, and may in the future receive, customary fees or other compensation.

LEGAL MATTERS

      The validity of the common stock offered hereby has been passed upon for us by Swidler Berlin Shereff Friedman, LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Sidley Austin Brown & Wood, Chicago, Illinois.

EXPERTS

      The financial statements as of December 31, 2000 and 2001 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2001 and as of June 30, 2002 and for the six months then ended included in

68


 

this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

      We have filed with the SEC, a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, including the exhibits with the registration statement, with respect to the shares offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all the information contained in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and shares to be sold in this offering, we refer you to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document to which we make reference are not necessarily complete. In each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by the more complete description of the matter involved.

      You may read a copy or any portion of the registration statement or any reports, statements or other information we file at the SEC’s public reference room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference room. You can receive copies of these documents upon payment of a duplicating fee by writing to the SEC. Our SEC filings, including the registration statement, will also be available to you on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

69


 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         
Report of Independent Accountants
    F-2  
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of December 31, 2000 and 2001 and June 30, 2002
    F-3  
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and the six months ended June 30, 2001 and 2002
    F-4  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and the six months ended June 30, 2001 and 2002
    F-5  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and the six months ended June 30, 2001 and 2002
    F-6  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-7  

F-1


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.:

      In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position and the related consolidated statements of operations and changes in members’ equity, and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2000, December 31, 2001 and June 30, 2002 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2001 and the six months ended June 30, 2002 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Harrisburg, PA

August 9, 2002

F-2


 

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

December 31, 2000 and 2001 and June 30, 2002
                                       
December 31, December 31, June 30, June 30,
2000 2001 2001 2002




(unaudited)
ASSETS
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 3,191,479     $ 4,780,399     $ 4,223,301     $ 8,320,483  
Finance receivables, net
    41,124,377       47,986,744       43,918,789       51,055,102  
Property and equipment, net
    2,217,419       3,379,576       2,827,194       3,432,917  
Other assets
    654,447       901,789       1,130,258       612,903  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total assets
  $ 47,187,722     $ 57,048,508       52,099,542     $ 63,421,405  
     
     
     
     
 
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY
                               
Liabilities:
                               
 
Accounts payable
  $ 156,753     $ 236,885     $ 432,946     $ 549,818  
 
Accrued expenses
    314,863       614,698       371,479       608,179  
 
Accrued payroll and bonuses
    710,591       1,674,371       775,927       1,659,871  
 
Revolving lines of credit
    22,166,094       25,000,000       23,176,461       25,000,000  
 
Long-term debt
    531,667       568,432       605,052       1,031,420  
 
Obligations under capital lease
    602,348       825,313       923,510       675,129  
 
Interest rate swap contract
          377,303             434,156  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities
    24,482,316       29,297,002       26,285,375       29,958,573  
     
     
     
     
 
Equity:
                               
 
Members’ equity
    22,705,406       28,128,809       25,814,167       33,896,988  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
          (377,303 )           (434,156 )
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total equity
    22,705,406       27,751,506       25,814,167       33,462,832  
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 47,187,722     $ 57,048,508     $ 52,099,542     $ 63,421,405  
     
     
     
     
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3


 

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

For the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001
and for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2001 and 2002
                                             
Six Months Six Months
Year Ended Year Ended Year Ended Ended Ended
December 31, December 31, December 31, June 30, June 30,
1999 2000 2001 2001 2002





(unaudited)
Revenue:
                                       
 
Income recognized on finance receivables
  $ 11,745,876     $ 18,990,695     $ 31,220,857     $ 14,407,410     $ 24,017,807  
 
Commissions
                214,539             816,437  
 
Net gain on cash sales of defaulted consumer receivables
    321,953       342,952       900,916       295,594       100,156  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total revenue
    12,067,829       19,333,647       32,336,312       14,703,004       24,934,400  
Operating expenses:
                                       
 
Compensation
    6,118,776       9,882,683       15,644,460       6,711,907       10,212,055  
 
Legal, accounting and outside fees and services
    1,492,973       2,583,000       3,627,135       1,560,788       3,241,582  
 
Communications
    553,054       870,833       1,644,557       666,027       929,452  
 
Rent and occupancy
    334,771       602,630       712,400       314,305       362,447  
 
Other operating expenses
    498,254       652,410       1,265,132       514,535       675,571  
 
Depreciation
    368,887       436,684       676,677       310,605       433,623  
     
     
     
     
     
 
      9,366,715       15,028,240       23,570,361       10,078,167       15,854,730  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Income from operations
    2,701,114       4,305,407       8,765,951       4,624,837       9,079,670  
Other income and (expense):
                                       
 
Interest income
    102,271       94,365       65,362       45,956       1,699  
 
Interest expense
    (978,443 )     (1,859,637 )     (2,781,674 )     (1,456,377 )     (1,116,713 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Net income before extraordinary loss
    1,824,942       2,540,135       6,049,639       3,214,416       7,964,656  
Extraordinary loss
                (423,305 )            
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Net income
  $ 1,824,942     $ 2,540,135     $ 5,626,334     $ 3,214,416     $ 7,964,656  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Pro forma data (unaudited):
                                       
 
Historical income before taxes
  $ 1,824,942     $ 2,540,135     $ 5,626,334     $ 3,214,416     $ 7,964,656  
 
Pro forma provision for income taxes
    697,366       900,899       2,100,609       1,200,112       3,079,177  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Pro forma net income before extraordinary loss
    1,127,576       1,639,236       3,790,988       2,014,304       4,885,479  
Pro forma extraordinary loss
    0       0       (265,263 )     0       0  
Pro forma net income
    1,127,576       1,639,236       3,525,725       2,014,304       4,885,479  
Pro forma net income per common share before extraordinary loss
                                       
 
Basic
                  $ 0.38             $ 0.49  
 
Diluted
                  $ 0.33             $ 0.43  
Pro forma extraordinary loss per common share
                                       
 
Basic
                  $ 0.03               0  
 
Diluted
                  $ 0.02               0  
 
Net income adjusted for pro forma income tax provision
  $ 1,127,576     $ 1,639,236     $ 3,525,725     $ 2,014,304     $ 4,885,479  
Pro forma net income per common share:
                                       
 
Basic
                  $ 0.35             $ 0.49  
 
Diluted
                  $ 0.31             $ 0.43  
Pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding:
                                       
 
Basic
                    10,000,000               10,000,000  
 
Diluted
                    11,457,741               11,486,128  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


 

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS’ EQUITY

For the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001
and the Six Months Ended June 30, 2002
                                   
Accumulated
Other Total
Capital Operating Comprehensive Members’
Members Members Income (Loss) Equity




Balance at December 31, 1998
  $ 8,447,113     $ 41,226     $     $ 8,488,339  
Allocation of net income
    1,652,376       172,566               1,824,942  
 
Total comprehensive income
                      1,824,942  
 
Contributions
    9,916,000       84,000             10,000,000  
Balance at December 31, 1999
    20,015,489       297,792             20,313,281  
Allocation of net income
    2,234,557       305,578             2,540,135  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total comprehensive income
                            2,540,135  
Distributions
          (148,010 )           (148,010 )
     
     
     
     
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2000
    22,250,046       455,360             22,705,406  
Allocation of net income
    4,949,486       676,848             5,626,334  
Unrealized loss on interest rate swap
                (377,303 )     (377,303 )
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total comprehensive income
                            5,249,031  
Distributions
          (202,931 )           (202,931 )
     
     
     
     
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2001
    27,199,532       929,277       (377,303 )     27,751,506  
Allocation of net income
    7,006,508       958,148             7,964,656  
Unrealized loss on interest rate swap
                (56,853 )     (56,853 )
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total comprehensive income
                            7,907,803  
Distributions
    (1,759,400 )     (437,077 )           (2,196,477 )
     
     
     
     
 
 
Balance at June 30, 2002
  $ 32,446,640     $ 1,450,348     $ (434,156 )   $ 33,462,832  
     
     
     
     
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5


 

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001
and the Six Months Ended June 30, 2001 and 2002
                                                 
Year Ended Year Ended Year Ended Six Months Six Months
December 31, December 31, December 31, Ended June 30, Ended June 30,
1999 2000 2001 2001 2002





(unaudited)
Operating activities:
                                       
 
Net income
  $ 1,824,942     $ 2,540,135     $ 5,626,334     $ 3,214,415     $ 7,964,656  
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:
                                       
   
Depreciation
    368,887       436,684       676,677       310,605       433,623  
   
Gain on sales of finance receivables
    (321,953 )     (342,952 )     (900,916 )     (295,594 )     (100,156 )
   
(Gain)/loss on disposal of property and equipment
    5,450             (1,766 )            
   
Extraordinary loss on extinguishment of debt
                423,305              
   
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                                       
     
Other assets
    (430,436 )     75,514       (590,647 )     (475,810 )     288,886  
     
Accounts payable
    72,564       33,633       80,132       276,193       312,933  
     
Accrued expenses
    147,994       102,403       219,835       56,616       (6,519 )
     
Accrued payroll and bonuses
    101,579       236,536       963,780       65,337       (14,500 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash provided by operating activities
    1,769,027       3,081,953       6,496,739       3,151,762       8,878,923  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                       
 
Purchases of property and equipment
    (604,144 )     (1,069,420 )     (1,279,356 )     (458,022 )     (448,079 )
 
Acquisition of finance receivables, net of buybacks
    (18,853,787 )     (25,035,237 )     (33,491,211 )     (12,436,272 )     (16,232,137 )
 
Collections applied to principal on finance receivables
    5,616,241       11,741,998       21,926,815       9,294,557       13,163,179  
 
Proceeds from sales of finance receivables, net of allowances for returns
    891,986       650,864       5,602,945       642,896       100,756  
 
Cash restricted for letter of credit
    (500,000 )     500,000                    
     
     
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash used in investing activities
    (13,449,704 )     (13,211,795 )     (7,240,807 )     (2,956,841 )     (3,416,281 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                       
 
Proceeds from capital contributions
    10,000,000                          
 
Distribution of capital
          (148,010 )     (202,931 )     (105,654 )     (2,196,477 )
 
Proceeds from lines of credit
    12,682,250       25,612,141       28,577,299       2,576,260        
 
Payments on lines of credit
    (10,744,807 )     (13,488,098 )     (25,743,719 )     (1,565,893 )      
 
Proceeds from long-term debt
          550,000       107,000       107,000       500,000  
 
Payments on building loan
          (18,333 )     (70,235 )     (33,614 )     (37,012 )
 
Payments of capital lease obligations
    (54,895 )     (142,347 )     (334,421 )     (141,198 )     (189,069 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
    11,882,548       12,365,353       2,332,993       836,901       (1,922,558 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
       
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    201,871       2,235,511       1,588,920       1,031,822       3,540,084  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    754,097       955,968       3,191,479       3,191,479       4,780,399  
     
     
     
     
     
 
       
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 955,968     $ 3,191,479     $ 4,780,399     $ 4,223,301     $ 8,320,483  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
                                       
 
Cash paid for interest
  $ 961,479     $ 1,847,747     $ 2,821,784     $ 1,446,448     $ 1,000,836  
Noncash investing and financing activities:
                                       
 
Capital lease obligations incurred
    344,449       414,404       555,988       462,358       38,885  
 
Accounts receivable for assets disposal
    33,829                          

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


 

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.     Organization and Business:

      Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“PRA”), and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) purchase, collect and manage portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables. The defaulted consumer receivables PRA collects are in substantially all cases either purchased from the credit originator or are collected on behalf of clients on a commission fee basis.

      On December 22, 1997, PRA formed a wholly owned subsidiary, PRA II, LLC (“PRA II”), of which PRA is the sole initial member. PRA II was organized for the sole purpose of facilitating the purchase and collection of portfolios of defaulted or charged-off consumer receivables, which purchases were originally financed by loans from an institutional investor. In May 2000, the loan facility from the institutional investor was paid in full and closed.

      On December 22, 1999, PRA formed a wholly owned subsidiary, PRA AG Funding, LLC (“PRA AG Funding”), of which PRA is the sole initial member. PRA AG Funding is organized for the purpose of facilitating the purchase of portfolios of defaulted or charged off consumer credit receivables. Loans from an affiliated lender were paid in full in December, 2001. PRA AG Funding maintains a $2.5 million revolving line of credit with RBC Centura Bank, which extends through 2003. This line of credit had no amounts outstanding as of June 30, 2002.

      On December 28, 1999, PRA formed a wholly owned subsidiary, PRA Holding I, LLC (“PRA Holding I”), of which PRA is the sole initial member. PRA Holding I as a holder of PRA’s real property.

      On June 1, 2000, PRA formed a wholly owned subsidiary, PRA Receivables Management, LLC, d/b/a Anchor Receivables Management (“Anchor”), of which PRA is the sole initial member. Anchor is organized as a contingent fee collection agency and contracts with holders of finance receivables to attempt collection efforts on a contingent fee basis for a stated period of time. Anchor commenced operations during March 2001.

      In July 2000, the Company opened a regional office in Hutchinson, Kansas. This new office provides the Company with another time zone presence as well as an additional labor pool. The Company purchased a building and made necessary improvements to the location.

      On June 12, 2001, PRA formed a wholly owned subsidiary, PRA III, LLC (“PRA III”) of which PRA is the sole initial member. PRA III was organized for the sole purpose of facilitating the purchase of portfolios of defaulted or charged-off consumer receivables, which purchases are financed by loans from an institutional lender. PRA III is a named borrower under a $40 million loan facility (see Note 8). In addition, PRA, PRA II, PRA Holding I, and Anchor, exclusive of Anchor’s deposits held for others, are named guarantors.

 
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

      Cash and cash equivalents: The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

      Principles of accounting and consolidation: The consolidated financial statements of the Company include the accounts of PRA and its wholly owned subsidiaries, PRA II, PRA AG Funding, PRA Holding I, Anchor and PRA III. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

      Finance receivables and income recognition: The Company accounts for its investment in finance receivables using the interest method under the guidance of Practice Bulletin 6, “Amortization of Discounts on Certain Acquired Loans.” Static pools of relatively homogenous accounts are established. Once a static pool is established, the receivable accounts in the pool are not changed. Each static pool is

F-7


 

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

recorded at cost, and is accounted for as a single unit for the recognition of income, principal payments and loss provision. Income on finance receivables is accrued monthly based on each static pool’s effective interest rate. This interest rate is estimated based on the timing and amount of anticipated cash flows using the Company’s proprietary collection model. Monthly cash flows greater than the interest accrual will reduce the carrying value of the static pool. Likewise, monthly cash flows that are less than the monthly accrual will accrete the carrying balance. Each pool is reviewed monthly and compared to the Company’s models to ensure complete amortization of the carrying balance by the end of each pool’s life.

      In the event that cash collections would be inadequate to amortize the carrying balance, an impairment charge would be taken with a corresponding write-off of the receivable balance. Accordingly, we do not maintain an allowance for credit losses.

      The agreements to purchase the aforementioned receivables include general representations and warranties from the sellers covering account holder death or bankruptcy, and accounts settled or disputed prior to sale. The representation and warranty period permitting the return of these accounts from the Company to the seller is typically 90 to 180 days.

      Commissions: The Company also receives commission revenue for collections they make on behalf of clients, which may be credit organizations or other owners of defaulted consumer receivables. These portfolios are owned by the clients; however, the collection effort is outsourced to the Company under a commission fee arrangement based upon the amount the Company collects. Revenue is recognized at the time funds are received form clients. A loss reserve or allowance amount will be created if there is doubt that fees billed to the client for services rendered will be paid.

      Net gain on cash sales of finance receivables: Net gain on cash sales of finance receivables representing the difference between the sales price and the unamortized value of the finance receivables are recognized when finance receivables are sold.

      The Company applies a financial components approach that focuses on control when accounting and reporting for transfers and servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities. Under that approach, after a transfer of financial assets, an entity recognizes the financial and servicing assets it controls and the liabilities it has incurred, eliminates financial assets when control has been surrendered, and eliminates liabilities when extinguished. This approach provides consistent standards for distinguishing transfers of financial assets that are sales from transfers that are secured borrowings.

      Property and equipment: Property and equipment, including improvements that significantly add to the productive capacity or extend useful life, are recorded at cost, while maintenance and repairs are expensed currently. Property and equipment are depreciated over their useful lives using the straight-line method of depreciation. Software and computer equipment are depreciated over three to five years. Furniture and fixtures are depreciated over five years. Equipment is depreciated over five to seven years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the remaining life of the leases, which range from three to five years. Building Improvements are depreciated over ten to thirty-nine years.

      Advertising costs: Advertising costs are expensed when incurred. Total advertising costs are considered immaterial for separate disclosure and are presented by period:

                                                         
Six Months Ended
Years Ended December 31, June 30,


1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2001 2002







Advertising/marketing
  $ 3,988     $ 22,559     $ 22,559     $ 44,561     $ 38,115     $ 17,455     $ 5,231  

      Operating leases: General abatements or prepaid leasing costs are recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease. Any stipulated escalation clauses that are considered to be reasonable and ordinary are expensed as incurred.

F-8


 

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Pro forma earnings per share: Basic earnings per share reflect net income adjusted for pro forma income tax provision divided by the weighted-average number shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share include the effect of dilutive stock warrants outstanding during the period.

      Income taxes: PRA and its subsidiaries are limited liability companies. As such, federal and state tax regulations provide that income for the Company is includable in the tax return of the capital and operating members.

      Use of estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

      Significant estimates have been made by management with respect to the estimates of the timing and amounts of future cash flows of portfolios. Actual results could differ from these estimates making it reasonably possible that a change in these estimates could occur within one year. On a monthly basis, management reviews the estimate of future collections, and it is reasonably possible that its assessment of collectibility may change based on actual results and other factors.

      Reclassifications: Certain 1999, 2000 and 2001 amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2002 presentation.

 
3. Finance Receivables:

      As of December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and June 30, 2002, the Company had $28,139,051, $41,124,377, $47,986,744 and $51,055,102, respectively, remaining of finance receivables. These amounts represent 141, 202, 258 and 292 pools of accounts as of December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and June 30, 2002, respectively.

      Changes in finance receivables for the periods ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and June 30, 2002 were as follows:

                                   
Six Months
Years Ended December 31, Ended June 30,


1999 2000 2001 2002




Balance at beginning of period
  $ 15,471,538     $ 28,139,051     $ 41,124,377     $ 47,986,744  
Acquisitions of finance receivables, net of buybacks
    18,853,787       25,035,237       33,491,211       16,232,137  
Cash collections
    (17,362,117 )     (30,732,693 )     (53,147,672 )     (37,180,986 )
Income recognized on finance receivables
    11,745,876       18,990,695       31,220,857       24,017,807  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Cash collections applied to principal
    (5,616,211 )     (11,741,998 )     (21,926,815 )     (13,163,179 )
Cost of finance receivables sold, net of allowance for returns
    (570,033 )     (307,913 )     (4,702,029 )     (600 )
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at end of period
  $ 28,139,051     $ 41,124,377     $ 47,986,744     $ 51,055,102  
     
     
     
     
 

F-9


 

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      At the time of acquisition, the life of each pool is generally set at between 60 and 72 months based upon the proprietary models of the Company. As of June 30, 2002 the Company has $51,055,102 in finance receivables included in the Statement of Financial Position. Based upon current projections, cash collections applied to principal will be as follows:

         
June 30, 2003
  $ 16,747,425  
June 30, 2004
    14,095,580  
June 30, 2005
    11,236,954  
June 30, 2006
    7,102,843  
June 30, 2007
    1,732,307  
June 30, 2008
    139,527  
June 30, 2009
    466  
 
4. Operating Leases:

      The Company rents office space and equipment under operating leases. Rental expense was $376,759, $698,256, $777,676 and $411,007 for the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and the six months ended June 30, 2002.

      Future minimum lease payments at June 30, 2002 are as follows:

         
2002
  $ 391,906  
2003
    707,160  
2004
    727,319  
2005
    733,855  
2006
    363,279  
Thereafter
    4,211  
     
 
    $ 2,927,730  
     
 
 
5. Capital Leases:

      Leased assets included in property and equipment consist of the following:

                         
December 31, December 31, June 30,
2000 2001 2002



Software
  $ 116,650     $ 375,022     $ 337,658  
Computer equipment
    141,232       319,535       297,417  
Furniture and fixtures
    361,586       600,564       600,564  
Equipment
                27,249  
Less accumulated depreciation
    (114,456 )     (352,425 )     (449,319 )
     
     
     
 
    $ 505,012     $ 942,696     $ 813,569  
     
     
     
 

      Depreciation expense recognized on capital leases for the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and the six months ended June 30, 2002 was $28,441, $79,558, $238,719 and $131,241, respectively.

F-10


 

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Commitments for minimum annual rental payments for these leases as of June 30, 2002 are as follows:

         
2002
  $ 208,991  
2003
    309,208  
2004
    169,102  
2005
    70,834  
2006
    7,365  
Thereafter
     
     
 
      765,500  
Less amount representing taxes and interest
    90,371  
     
 
Present value of net minimum lease payments
  $ 675,129  
     
 
 
6. Modeling Agreement:

      On August 18, 1999, the Company entered into an agreement (the “Modeling Agreement”) with an external third party (the “Modeling Company”). The term of the Modeling Agreement was 60 months. In accordance with the Modeling Agreement, the Modeling Company was exclusively providing the Company with statistical modeling.

      For these services, the Company paid a combination of fixed and variable charges. The Company guaranteed a volume of accounts to satisfy the variable component of the charge. This guaranteed volume was calculated on a rolling six-month basis.

      The Company also awarded the Modeling Company warrants to acquire 200,000 membership units (see Note 12). The exercise price is $4.20 per unit. The Company had the right to terminate this Modeling Agreement at any time with at least two months’ prior notice. The Modeling Company had the right to terminate this Modeling Agreement after 30 months.

      The Company terminated the Modeling Agreement on August 15, 2001 and cancelled warrants to acquire 120,000 membership units previously awarded (see Note 12).

 
7. 401(k) Retirement Plan:

      Effective October 1, 1998, the Company implemented a defined contribution plan. Under the Plan, all employees over 21 years of age are eligible to make voluntary contributions to the Plan up to 15% of their compensation, subject to Internal Revenue Service limitations, after completing six months of service, as defined in the Plan. The Company makes matching contributions of up to 4% of an employee’s salary. Such contributions vest immediately. Total compensation expense related to these contributions was $68,901, $152,983, $198,627 and $135,407 for the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and the six months ended June 30, 2002, respectively.

F-11


 

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

8.     Revolving Lines of Credit:

      Amounts outstanding under revolving lines of credit at December 31, 2000 and 2001 and June 30, 2002 were as follows:

                         
2000 2001 2002



Line of credit with commercial lender, originated September 2001, collateralized by all receivables, collections on receivables and assets of PRA III; expires on September 15, 2005; interest is based on LIBOR and was 6.25% and 6.37% at December 31, 2001 and June 30, 2002, respectively; total credit available $40 million
  $     $ 25,000,000     $ 25,000,000  
Line of credit with commercial lender, originated May 2000, collateralized by all receivables, collections on receivables and assets of the Company with the exception of PRA AG Funding and certain assets of PRA Holding I (see Note 11); expires on May 17, 2004; interest is based on prime and was 12.50% at December 31, 2000; paid off September 18, 2001
    19,470,000              
Line of credit with related party, originated December 1999, collateralized by all assets of PRA AG Funding; the PRA AG Funding’s interest rate was 12.00% at December 31, 2000; total credit available $12.5 million; paid off December 31, 2001
    2,696,094              
     
     
     
 
    $ 22,166,094     $ 25,000,000     $ 25,000,000  

      On December 30, 1999, PRA AG Funding borrowed its first loan under the credit facility with AG PRA 1999 Funding Co., (“AG 1999”), an affiliate of Angelo, Gordon & Co. Terms of the credit facility included the possibility of the lender earning contingent interest and included the issuance of warrants to acquire 125,000 units to AG 1999 (see Note 12). In December 2001, PRA AG Funding paid off all outstanding loans under the credit facility with AG 1999 and incurred an expense of $300,000 to extinguish the contingent interest provision. Of this amount, $191,741 is considered an early extinguishment of debt pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 4 (SFAS No. 4) “Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of Debt.” The Company incurred interest expense related to the credit facility of $0, $412,974 and $450,532 during the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001, respectively. The PRA AG Funding has no outstanding liability with AG 1999 at December 31, 2001 and June 30, 2002. The credit facility’s expiration date was modified during 2002 to expire on June 30, 2002. It was subsequently replaced with another $2.5 million facility with another financial institution after June 30, 2002.

      During May 2000, the Company arranged with a new commercial lender to provide financing under a revolving line of credit of up to $20 million. Upon approval of the line of credit, the Company immediately utilized the initial draw to pay down the other commercial lender’s outstanding balance and the institutional lender’s outstanding balance. This line of credit was paid in full and terminated on September 18, 2001. The unamortized remaining line of credit acquisition costs of $231,564 were expensed as an extraordinary loss as this is an early extinguishment of debt pursuant to SFAS No. 4 “Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of Debt”.

F-12


 

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      On September 18, 2001, PRA III arranged with a new commercial lender to provide financing under a revolving line of credit of up to $40 million. The initial draw of $20 million was utilized to facilitate the purchase of all the finance receivable portfolios from PRA and PRA II. PRA then used those funds to terminate the existing line of credit agreement (May 2000) as described above. An additional $5 million was drawn to purchase additional portfolios from third parties in the normal course of business. Restrictive covenants under this agreement include:

  •  restrictions on monthly borrowings in excess of $4 million per month and quarterly borrowings in excess of $10 million;
 
  •  a maximum leverage ratio of not greater than 4 to 1 and net income of at least $0.01, calculated on a consolidated basis;
 
  •  a restriction on distributions in excess of 75% of our net income for any year;
 
  •  compliance with certain special purpose vehicle and corporate separateness covenants; and
 
  •  restrictions on change of control.

      As of June 30, 2002 the Company is in compliance with all of the covenants of this agreement. Upon consummation of the reorganization discussed in Note 15, the Company will need a waiver in order to remain in compliance with the terms of the agreement.

      In addition, PRA AG Funding, LLC maintains a $2.5 million revolving line of credit, pursuant to an agreement entered into with RBC Centura Bank and, which extends through July 2003. The line of credit bears interest at a spread over LIBOR. The terms of this agreement require that PRA AG Funding maintain a current ratio of 1.6:1.0 or greater, the current ratio being defined to include finance receivables as a current asset and to include the credit facility in place as of June 30, 2002 as a current liability. The agreement further requires that PRA AG Funding maintain a debt to tangible net worth ratio of 1.5:1.0 or less and a minimum balance sheet cash position at month end of $2 million. Distributions are limited under the terms of the facility to 75% of net income. PRA AG Funding is in full compliance with these covenants. This $2.5 million facility had no amounts outstanding as of June 30, 2002.

9.     Property and Equipment:

      Property and equipment, at cost, consist of the following as of December 31, 2000 and 2001 and June 30, 2002:

                           
December 31, December 31,
2000 2001 June 30, 2002



Software
  $ 530,533     $ 1,036,172     $ 1,191,918  
Computer equipment
    965,995       1,130,786       1,273,353  
Furniture and fixtures
    702,808       848,901       913,386  
Equipment
    300,340       640,574       694,350  
Leasehold improvements
    171,135       277,469       277,469  
Building and improvements
    713,942       1,057,643       1,127,973  
Land
    10,515       100,515       100,515  
 
Less accumulated depreciation
    (1,177,849 )     (1,712,484 )     (2,146,047 )
     
     
     
 
Net property and equipment
  $ 2,217,419     $ 3,379,576     $ 3,432,917  
     
     
     
 

F-13


 

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

10.     Hedging Activity:

      During 2001, the Company entered into an interest rate hedging transaction for the purpose of managing exposure to fluctuations in interest rates related to variable rate financing. As of December 31, 2001 and June 30, 2002, the Company had an interest rate swap transaction which fixed the interest rate on $10 million of its outstanding debt with the commercial lender. The interest rate swap agreement requires payment or receipt of the difference between a fixed rate of 5.33% and a variable rate of interest based on 1-month LIBOR. The unrealized gains and losses associated with the change in market value of the interest rate swap are recognized as other comprehensive income. This swap transaction expires in May 2004.

      The only expenses incurred related to the swap agreement were interest expenses for the year ending December 31, 2001 of $118,944 and $175,093 for the six months ending June 30, 2002. The net interest payments are a component of “Interest Expense” on the income statement and a reduction of net income in the cash flow statement.

11.     Long-Term Debt:

      In July 2000, the Company purchased a building in Hutchinson, Kansas. The building was financed with a commercial loan for $550,000 with a variable interest rate based on LIBOR. This commercial loan is collateralised by the building. Interest rates varied between 8.87% and 9.17% in 2000, 4.38% and 9.26% in 2001 and 4.08% and 4.22% in the first six months of 2002. Monthly principal payments on the loan are $4,583 for an amortized term of 10 years. A balloon payment of $275,000 is due July 21, 2005, which results in a five-year principal payout. The loan matures July 21, 2005.

      On February 9, 2001, the Company purchased a generator for its Norfolk location. The generator was financed with a commercial loan for $107,000 with a fixed rate of 7.9%. This commercial loan is collateralized by the generator. Monthly payments on the loan are $2,170 and the loan matures on February 1, 2006.

      On February 20, 2002, the Company completed the construction of a satellite parking lot at its Norfolk location. The parking lot was financed with a commercial loan for $500,000 with a fixed rate of 6.47%. This commercial loan is collateralized by the parking lot. The first six months were interest only payments. Beginning October 1, 2002, there is a fixed monthly payment of $9,797 and the loan matures September 1, 2007.

      Annual payments including interest on the loans outstanding as of June 30, 2002 are as follows:

           
2002
  $ 89,306  
2003
    219,090  
2004
    216,248  
2005
    465,455  
2006
    121,905  
2007 and beyond
    88,174  
     
 
      1,200,178  
Less amount representing interest
    (168,758 )
     
 
 
Principal due
  $ 1,031,420  
     
 

      Under each of the commercial loans discussed above, the Company is subject to certain covenants the most restrictive of which include minimum net worth requirements and the maintenance of certain financial ratios. As of December 31, 2000 and 2001 and June 30, 2002 the Company was in compliance with the debt covenants specified in the lending agreements.

F-14


 

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

12.     Members’ Equity:

      There are two classes of members in PRA: operating members and capital members. On April 6, 1999, PRA amended and restated its limited liability company operating agreement (the “Agreement”), to authorize the issuance of 20,000,000 membership units. As of December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and June 30, 2002, 10,000,000 membership units were outstanding. Pursuant to the Agreement, the capital members own 8,797,000 membership units or 87.97% of the business, while the operating members own the remaining 1,203,000 membership units or 12.03%. Allocations and distributions of profits and losses are based on the aforementioned percentages. In accordance with the Agreement, capital members and operating members have the same economic rights. Capital members are entitled to elect 3 of the 5 members of the Management Committee of the LLC while operating members are entitled to elect the remaining 2 members. PRA is permitted to make distributions to the Members. During the six months ended June 30, 2002, quarterly tax draws were made to the Members to allow for the payment of quarterly estimated taxes. Additional tax draw distributions were made by PRA to its Members during the three months ended September 30, 2002. The capital members received $2,639,100 and the operating members received $713,954 of the distribution. These distributions did not exceed the Company’s consolidated earnings during the previous 12 months.

      In accordance with the Agreement, the PRA management committee is authorized to issue warrants to partners, employees or vendors to purchase membership units. Generally, warrants granted have a term between 5 and 7 years and vest within 3 years. Warrants have been issued at or above the fair market value on the date of grant. Warrants vest and expire according to terms established at the grant date.

      The following summarizes all warrant related transactions from January 1, 1999 through June 30, 2002:

                   
Average
Warrants Exercise
Outstanding Price


January 1, 1999
        $  
 
Granted
    2,325,000       4.17  
 
Exercised
           
 
Cancelled
           
     
     
 
December 31, 1999
    2,325,000       4.17  
 
Granted
    65,000       4.20  
 
Exercised
           
 
Cancelled
    (230,000 )     4.20  
     
     
 
December 31, 2000
    2,160,000       4.17  
 
Granted
    155,000       4.20  
 
Exercised
           
 
Cancelled
    (120,000 )     4.20  
     
     
 
December 31, 2001
    2,195,000       4.17  
 
Granted
    50,000       10.00  
 
Exercised
           
 
Cancelled
    (10,000 )     4.20  
     
     
 
June 30, 2002
    2,235,000     $ 4.30  
     
     
 

      At December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and June 30, 2002, the Company had exercisable warrants outstanding of 125,000, 795,000, 1,406,667 and 2,066,667, respectively. Of the 2,066,667 warrants outstanding, all but 205,000 were issued to employees and operating members of PRA. Of the 205,000 issued to non-employees, 125,000 were issued to AG 1999 (see footnote 8) and 80,000 were issued and

F-15


 

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

vested to SMR Research Corporation, a vendor of the Company in connection with a business agreement to utilize certain software. All of the warrants granted in the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 vest in 3 years except for the 200,000 warrants granted to SMR Research Corporation in 1999 of which 20,000 vested immediately and 60,000 were scheduled to vest in each of the next 3 years and the 125,000 warrants granted to AG 1999 in 1999 which vested immediately. The 50,000 warrants granted in the six months ended June 30, 2002 vest 15,000 in one year, 10,000 in each of the 3 subsequent years and 5,000 based on performance which is expected to occur in the first year. The total number of warrants that will not vest is 125,000; 75,000 of which were granted in 2001 and 50,000 of which were granted in 2002. For the warrants that accelerate due to the public offering discussed in footnote 15, an expense of $15,000 will be incurred in fiscal 2002, instead of 2003 and 2004 which would have been prescribed under the normal vesting schedule in accordance with SFAS No. 123.

      The warrants issued to AG 1999 and SMR Research Corporation would be convertible into capital member units and all other warrants would be convertible into operating member units.

      The following information is as of June 30, 2002:

                                 
Warrants Exercisable
Weighted-
Average Weighted- Weighted-
Remaining Average Average
Contractual Exercise Number Exercise
Exercise Prices Life (Years) Price Exercisable Price





$4.20
    3.69     $ 4.20       1,941,667     $ 4.20  
$3.60
    2.75     $ 3.60       125,000     $ 3.60  
$10.00
    5.95     $ 10.00           $ 10.00  
     
     
     
     
 
Total at June 30, 2002
    3.69     $ 4.30       2,066,667     $ 4.16  
     
     
     
     
 

      The Company applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” in accounting for stock based employee compensation arrangements whereby no compensation cost related to stock options is deducted in determining net income for warrants granted at or above fair value. Had compensation cost for warrant grants under the Management Agreement been determined pursuant to SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”, the Company’s net income would have decreased accordingly. Using a fair-value (minimum value calculation), the following assumptions were used:

                                   
Warrants issue year: 1999 2000 2001 2002





Expected life from vest date (in years):
                               
 
Employees
    N/A       N/A       4.00       3.00  
 
Operating members
    6.00       5.00       N/A       N/A  
Risk-free interest rates
    5.37%-6.47%       6.30 %     4.66%-4.77%       4.53 %
Volatility
    N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
Dividend Yield
    N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  

      The fair value model utilizes the risk-free interest rate at grant with an expected exercise date sometime in the future generally assuming an exercise date in the first half of 2005. In addition, warrant valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility. The Company’s warrants have characteristics significantly different from those of traded warrants, and changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate. Based upon the above assumptions, the weighted average fair value of employee warrants granted during fiscal years 1999, 2000 and 2001 and the first six months of 2002 was zero, $0.21, $0.35 and $1.24, respectively.

F-16


 

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the warrants is amortized over the warrants’ vesting period. Had the Company’s warrants been accounted for under SFAS No. 123, net income would have been reduced to the following pro forma amounts:

                                 
Net income: 1999 2000 2001 2002





As reported
  $ 1,824,942     $ 2,540,135     $ 5,626,334     $ 7,964,656  
Pro forma
  $ 1,824,942     $ 2,537,908     $ 5,615,191     $ 7,916,386  

      Effective August 18, 1999, PRA’s management committee issued warrants to acquire 200,000 membership units to SMR Research Corporation. The warrants were to vest over a 60 month period and are exercisable at $4.20 per unit. The warrants vested as to 80,000 membership units and the remaining 120,000 membership units were cancelled upon the termination of an agreement between the Company and SMR Research Corporation. The value of the warrants was calculated using the intrinsic method and no expense was recognized on these warrants. The fair value approach was then applied, as designated by SFAS No. 123, which utilizes a comparison of the discounted value of the underlying units discounted using a risk-free interest rate at the date of grant, these warrants were shown to have a negative present value and as such no expense has been recorded.

      Effective December 30, 1999, PRA’s management committee issued warrants to acquire 125,000 membership units to an affiliate of Angelo, Gordon & Co. (see Note 8). The warrants immediately vested and are exercisable at $3.60 per unit. The warrants are exercisable in whole or in part and expire March 31, 2005. As these warrants are not issued as compensation to an employee or operating member of the Company, an expense of $51,206 was incurred and recognized during the period from 1999 to 2002. The value of the warrants was calculated using the methodology established for valuing warrants issued to employees and operating members. This fair value approach as designated by SFAS No. 123 utilizes a comparison of the discounted value of the underlying units discounted using a risk-free interest rate at the date of grant.

      As of December 31, 1998 and through April 6, 1999, the capital members owned 66.7% of the business, while the operating members owned the remaining 33.3%. Each type of member received a distribution based on a rate of 15% compounded annually and calculated based upon contributed capital amounts. Distributions of profits were allocated based on the aforementioned percentages, unless unrecovered capital or unrecovered preferred returns existed. In that case, unrecovered capital was paid first to all members in proportion to the unrecovered capital balance, then undistributed preferred balances, in proportion to the undistributed preferred balances, and thereafter distributions were based on the ownership percentages.

13.     Operating Member Agreement:

      The operating member agreement details each operating member’s contribution to the Company. It also sets forth criteria necessary to maintain status as a limited liability company. Additionally, it describes a special discount, which will be applied if an operating member leaves the Company within two years of the commencement date. There are currently six operating members, two of whom are designated as operating managers.

14.     Contingencies and Commitments:

      The Company has employment agreements with each of its operating members, the terms of which expire on December 31, 2002 or December 31, 2004. Such agreements provide for base salary payments as well as bonuses which are based on the attainment of specific management goals. Remaining compensation under these agreements is approximately $1,753,501. The agreements also contain confidentiality and non-compete provisions.

      On December 30, 1999, the Company entered into a $12.5 million dollar credit agreement with AG 1999 that expired on June 30, 2002. Terms of the agreement included the possibility of AG 1999 earning contingent interest. AG 1999 is owned by affiliates of Angelo Gordon, the Company’s majority stockholder, and certain other operating members. Over the term of the agreement, the Company borrowed $6.6 million. In December 2001, the Company repaid all outstanding loans under this agreement and incurred an expense of $300,000 to extinguish the contingent interest provision. The Company incurred

F-17


 

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

interest expense related to the agreement of $0, $412,974, and $450,532 during the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000, and 2001, respectively. In addition, in accordance with the agreement the management committee of PRA granted AG 1999 warrants to purchase 125,000 membership units of PRA which were immediately exercisable for $3.60 per unit. The agreement discussed above was entered into after arms’ length negotiations between the related party and the Company.

      The Company is from time to time subject to routine litigation incidental to its business. The Company believes that the results of any pending legal proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations or liquidity of the Company.

15.     Subsequent Event (unaudited):

      PRA is in the process of offering its common stock for sale in an initial public offering (“IPO”). Assuming the completion of the IPO, PRA will be treated as a C corporation under the Internal Revenue Code and will be subject to corporate income taxes. Accordingly, a pro forma income tax provision for corporate income taxes has been calculated as if PRA was taxable as a C corporation for all periods presented.

      In August 2002 PRA formed a new Delaware corporation, Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. Immediately prior to the offering the former members of PRA will exchange their units of PRA for common stock of the corporation and will accordingly own all of the issued and outstanding shares of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. which will own all of the outstanding membership units of PRA. Each capital or operating member unit will be exchanged for one share of common stock. Prior to this exchange transaction, Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. will not have conducted any business and has no assets or liabilities. The legal name of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. has been retroactively applied to all periods presented in these financial statements.

16.     Pro Forma Net Income

      The Company presented pro forma tax information assuming they have been a taxable corporation since inception and assuming tax rates equal to the rates that would have been in effect had they been required to report income tax expense in such years. The Company’s pro forma income tax expense differed from the corporate statutory federal income tax for the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000, 2001 and the six months ended June 20, 2002 as follows:

                                 
Six Months
Years Ended December 31, Ended June 30,


1999 2000 2001 2002




Income Tax Reconciliation
                               
Federal tax at statutory rate
  $ 620,480     $ 863,646     $ 1,912,953     $ 2,750,574  
Non-deductible expense
    4,136       4,045       6,551       9,443  
State income tax, net of federal benefit
    72,749       100,199       226,975       319,162  
State tax credit, net of federal benefit
          (66,990 )     (45,870 )      
     
     
     
     
 
Total
  $ 697,366     $ 900,899     $ 2,100,609     $ 3,079,180  
     
     
     
     
 

      Included in the pro-forma income tax expense were state tax credits actually earned by the Company in connection with our Kansas operations.

                                                 
Year Ended December 31, 2001 Six Months Ended June 30, 2002


Per Share Per Share
Income Shares Amount Income Shares Amount






Basic pro forma net income per share
  $ 3,525,725       10,000,000     $ 0.35     $ 4,885,479       10,000,000     $ 0.49  
Effect of diluted warrants outstanding
            1,457,741                       1,486,128          
Diluted pro forma net income per share
  $ 3,525,725       11,457,741     $ 0.31     $ 4,885,479       11,486,128     $ 0.43  

F-18


 



3,470,000 Shares

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC. LOGO

Common Stock


PROSPECTUS

                    , 2002


       You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that which is set forth in this prospectus. We are offering to sell shares of our common stock and seeking offers to buy shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of these securities. Our business, financial condition, results of operation and prospects may have changed after the date of this prospectus.

      Until             , 2002 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 
William Blair & Company U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray




 

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.      Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

      The following table sets forth the expenses expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of common stock registered hereby, all of which expenses, except for the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, are estimated.

           
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee
  $ 5,290  
NASD filing fee
    6,250  
Nasdaq listing fee
    1,000  
Printing and engraving fees and expenses
    100,000  
Legal fees and expenses
    215,000  
Accounting fees and expenses
    150,000  
“Blue sky” fees and expenses
    5,000  
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses
    10,000  
Miscellaneous expenses
    7,464  
     
 
 
Total
  $ 500,000  
     
 

Item 14.      Indemnification of Directors and Officers

      The registrant’s certificate of incorporation (the “Certificate”) provides that each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director, officer or employee of the registrant or is or was serving at the request of the registrant as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or alleged action in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified by the registrant to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Law”) as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the registrant to provide broader indemnification rights then said law permitted the registrant to provide prior to such amendment) against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties pursuant to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such proceeding and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that the registrant shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding initiated by him or her only if such proceeding was authorized by the board of directors, either generally or in the specific instance.

      The Delaware Law permits indemnification of a director, officer, employee or agent in civil, criminal, administrative or investigative actions, suits or proceedings (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) to which such person is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact of such relationship with the corporation or the fact that such person is or was serving in a similar capacity with another entity at the request of the corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or

II-1


 

proceeding, if he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The Delaware Law permits indemnification of a director, officer, employee or agent in actions or suits by or in the right of the corporation to which such person is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact of such relationship with the corporation or the fact that such person is or was serving in a similar capacity with another entity at the request of the corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any such claim, issue or matter to any person adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which the action was brought determines that, despite the adjudication of liability, such person is under all circumstances, fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court shall deem proper. Under the Delaware Law, to the extent that a present or former director or officer is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein (whether or not the suit is brought by or in the right of the corporation), he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him. In all cases in which indemnification is permitted (unless ordered by a court), it may be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that the applicable standard of conduct has been met by the party to be indemnified. Such determination must be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders. The statute authorizes the corporation to pay expenses incurred by an officer or director in advance of a final disposition of a proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to whom the advance will be made, to repay the advances if it shall ultimately be determined that he was not entitled to indemnification. The Delaware Law provides that indemnification and advancement of expenses permitted thereunder are not to be exclusive of any rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any By-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. The Delaware Law also authorizes the corporation to purchase and maintain liability insurance on behalf of its directors, officers, employees and agents regardless of whether the corporation would have the statutory power to indemnify such persons against the liabilities insured.

      The Certificate provides that the right to indemnification contained therein includes the right to be paid by the registrant the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition in accordance with procedures established from time to time by the board of directors; provided, however, that if the Delaware Law requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director, officer or employee in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the registrant of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the registrant as authorized in the Certificate or otherwise.

      The registrant maintains directors’ and officers’ liability insurance covering certain liabilities incurred by the directors and officers of the registrant in connection with the performance of their duties.

      Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 15.      Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

      The following is a list of all securities sold by the registrant or its predecessor Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. within the past three years which, pursuant to the exemption provided by Rule 701

II-2


 

under, and Section 4(2) of, the Securities Act, were not registered under the Securities Act. No underwriters were involved and no commissions were paid as part of these sales.

      On December 30, 1999, a subsidiary of the registrant, PRA AG Funding, LLC, entered into a credit agreement with AG PRA 1999 Funding Co., LLC (“AG 1999”) which terminated on June 30, 2002. Pursuant to this credit agreement, AG 1999 provided PRA AG Funding, LLC, with a $12,500,000 credit facility to finance the purchase of pools of delinquent consumer receivables. In accordance with the credit agreement, on December 30, 1999, AG 1999 was issued immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 125,000 membership units of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. with an exercise price of $3.60 per unit. As a financially sophisticated investor, this issuance was made to AG 1999 in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. In connection with the equity exchange between the registrant and the members of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., these warrants were exchanged by AG 1999 for comparable warrants to purchase 125,000 shares of common stock of the registrant.

      As of June 21, 2000, the registrant issued warrants to the following individuals as compensation for services performed, each of whom is an officer of the registrant, to purchase the number of membership units of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. indicated next to their respective names, at an exercise price of $4.20 per unit.

         
Steve Fredrickson
    35,000
Craig Grube
    15,000
Kevin Stevenson
    15,000

As executive employees these individuals had access to the kind of information which a registration would disclose and this issuance was therefore made in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. In connection with this public offering, the vesting of these warrants was accelerated, and the warrants will therefore be exercisable upon the closing of this offering. In connection with the equity exchange between the registrant and the members of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., these warrants were exchanged by the respective holders for comparable warrants to purchase the same number of shares of common stock of the registrant.

      As of March 28, 2001, the registrant issued warrants to Robert J. Rey as compensation for services performed, an officer of the registrant, to purchase 100,000 membership units of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. with an exercise price of $4.20 per unit. As an executive employee Mr. Rey had access to the kind of information which a registration would disclose and this issuance was therefore made to Mr. Rey in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. In connection with this public offering, the vesting of 25,000 of these warrants was accelerated, and the warrants will therefore be exercisable upon the closing of this offering. In connection with the equity exchange between the registrant and the members of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., these warrants were exchanged by Mr. Rey for comparable warrants to purchase the same number of shares of common stock of the registrant.

      As of May 7, 2001, the registrant issued warrants to the following individuals as compensation for services performed, each of whom is an officer of the registrant, to purchase the number of membership units of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., indicated next to their respective names, at an exercise price of $4.20 per unit.

         
William O’Daire
    25,000
Judith Scott
    7,500
JoAnn York
    7,500
Christy Beatty
    2,500
Patrick Lipsky
    2,500

II-3


 

As executive employees these individuals had access to the kind of information which a registration would disclose and this issuance was therefore made in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. In connection with this public offering, the vesting of these warrants was accelerated, and the warrants will therefore be exercisable upon the closing of this offering. In connection with the equity exchange between the registrant and the members of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., these warrants were exchanged by the respective holders for comparable warrants to purchase the same number of shares of common stock of the registrant.

      As of June 10, 2002, the registrant issued warrants to Michael Jones as compensation for services performed, an employee of the Registrant, to purchase 50,000 membership units of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. with an exercise price of $10.00 per unit. As an executive employee Mr. Jones had access to the kind of information which a registration would disclose and this issuance to Mr. Jones was therefore made in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. In connection with the equity exchange between the registrant and the members of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., these warrants were exchanged by Mr. Jones for comparable warrants to purchase the same number of shares of common stock of the registrant.

II-4


 

Item 16.      Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)  Exhibits

      The following exhibits are filed as part of this registration statement.

         
Exhibit
Number Description


  1 .1+   Underwriting Agreement.
  2 .1   Equity Exchange Agreement among Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc and the other parties thereto.
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
  3 .2   Amended and Restated By-Laws of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
  4 .1+   Form of Common Stock Certificate.
  4 .2   Form of Warrant.
  5 .1   Opinion of Swidler Berlin Shereff Friedman, LLP.
  10 .1+   Credit Agreement, dated as of December 30, 1999, by and between PRA AG Funding, LLC, AG PRA 1999 Funding Co., LLC.
  10 .2+   Loan Agreement, dated July 20, 2000, by and between PRA Holding I, LLC, Bank of America, N.A. and Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C.
  10 .3+   Loan and Security Agreement, dated September 18, 2001, by and between Westside Funding Corporation, PRA III, LLC, Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., PRA Receivables Management, LLC (d/b/a Anchor Receivables Management), PRA II, LLC and PRA Holding I, LLC.
  10 .4+   Business Loan Agreement, dated June 28, 2002, by and between PRA AG Funding, LLC and RBC Centura Bank.
  10 .5+   Business Loan Agreement, dated September 24, 2001, by and between PRA Holding I, LLC, Bank of America, N.A. and Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C.
  10 .6+   Amendment to Business Loan Agreement, dated February 20, 2002, by and between PRA Holding I, LLC, Bank of America, N.A. and Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C.
  10 .7   Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 2002, by and between Steven D. Fredrickson and Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C.
  10 .8   Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 2002, by and between Kevin P. Stevenson and Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C.
  10 .9   Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 2002, by and between Craig A. Grube and Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C.
  10 .10   Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 2002, by and between Andrew J. Holmes and Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C.
  10 .11   Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 2002, by and between James L. Keown and Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C.
  10 .12   Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 2002 Stock Option Plan.
  10 .13+   Riverside Commerce Center Office Lease, dated February 12, 1999, by and between Riverside Investors, L.C. and Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C.
  10 .14+   First Amendment to Riverside Commerce Center Office Lease, dated April 27, 1999, by and between Riverside Investors, L.C. and Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C.
  10 .15+   Second Amendment to Riverside Commerce Center Office Lease, dated September 29, 2000, by and between Riverside Investors, L.C. and Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C.
  21 .1+   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  23 .1+   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
  23 .2   Consent of Swidler Berlin Shereff Friedman, LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24 .1+   Powers of Attorney (included on signature page).

Previously filed.

II-5


 

Item 17.      Undertakings

      The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

      Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

      The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

        1. For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
        2. For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-6


 

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused Amendment No. 2 to this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Norfolk, in the Commonwealth of Virginia, on October 30, 2002.

  PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.

  By:  /s/ STEVEN D. FREDRICKSON
 
  Steven D. Fredrickson
  Chief Executive Officer, President and
  Chairman of the Board of Directors

  By:  /s/ KEVIN P. STEVENSON
 
  Kevin P. Stevenson
  Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President,
  Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Amendment No. 2 to this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacity and on the dates indicated.

             
Signature Title Date



/s/ STEVEN D. FREDRICKSON

Steven D. Fredrickson
  Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board
of Directors
(Principal Executive Officer)
  October 30, 2002
 
/s/ KEVIN P. STEVENSON

Kevin P. Stevenson
  Senior Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer, Treasurer
and Assistant Secretary
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
  October 30, 2002
 
/s/ DAVID N. ROBERTS

David N. Roberts
  Director   October 30, 2002

II-7

EXHIBIT 2.1

EQUITY EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

THIS EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), dated as of September 5, 2002, is entered into by and between Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("PRA LLC") and Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("PRA Inc.").

RECITALS

WHEREAS, those persons listed on Schedule A (collectively, the "PRA Unitholders" and, individually, a "PRA Unitholder") own all of the issued and outstanding membership units of PRA LLC (the "PRA Units");

WHEREAS, those persons listed on Schedule B (collectively, the "PRA Warrantholders" and, individually, a "PRA Warrantholder") own all of the issued and outstanding warrants to purchase membership units of PRA LLC (the "PRA Warrants" and, together with the PRA Units, the "PRA Interests");

WHEREAS, the management committee of PRA LLC determined to reorganize as a corporation upon the effectiveness of the registration statement filed in connection with PRA Inc.'s initial public offering;

WHEREAS, as part of the intended reorganization all of the outstanding PRA Units shall be exchanged for shares of the common stock of PRA Inc., par value $0.01 per share (the "PRA Stock"), on a one-for-one basis, subject to the terms and conditions hereof;

WHEREAS, as part of the intended reorganization all of the PRA Warrants shall be exchanged for warrants to purchase shares of the PRA Stock, on a one-for-one basis, subject to the terms and conditions hereof; and

WHEREAS, PRA Inc., as part of the intended reorganization, desires to issue 10,000,000 shares of PRA Stock to the PRA Unitholders and to issue 2,235,000 warrants to purchase one share of PRA Stock to the PRA Warrantholders, conditioned upon the effectiveness of the registration statement filed in connection with PRA Inc.'s initial public offering.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants, representations and warranties set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.
THE EXCHANGE

Section 1.01. Exchange. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and in reliance on the representations, warranties and covenants of PRA LLC, the PRA Unitholders, the PRA Warrantholders and PRA Inc. herein contained, (a) all right, title and interest to the PRA Units held by a PRA Unitholder shall be exchanged for the same number of shares of PRA Stock; and
(b) all right, title and interest to the PRA Warrants held by such PRA Warrantholder shall be exchanged for the same number of warrants to purchase PRA Stock


("New Warrants"), and upon such exchange such PRA Warrants shall be automatically canceled and retired and shall cease to exist (collectively, the "Exchange"). The respective number of PRA Units owned by each PRA Unitholder on the date hereof and which shall be transferred to PRA Inc. is set forth on Schedule A to this Agreement. The respective number of PRA Warrants owned by each PRA Warrantholder on the date hereof is set forth on Schedule B to this Agreement. All shares of PRA Stock and all New Warrants shall be delivered to the PRA Unitholders and the PRA Warrantholders as promptly as possible following the Exchange.

Section 1.02. Conditions to Exchange. The Exchange is conditioned upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of PRA Inc. on Form S-1. Should the initial public offering contemplated by the registration statement not occur, the Exchange shall be deemed null and void.

ARTICLE II.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 2.01. By PRA LLC. PRA LLC hereby represents and warrants to PRA Inc., the PRA Unitholders and the PRA Warrantholders that:

(a) Organization and Good Standing. PRA LLC is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each other jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or the ownership of property requires such qualification or licensing, except where failure to be so qualified or licensed would not have a material adverse effect on PRA LLC.

(b) Power and Authority. PRA LLC has the requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby.

(c) Subsidiaries. Except for membership interests of PRA Receivables Management, LLC, PRA, II, LLC, PRA Holding I, LLC, PRA III, LLC and PRA AG Funding, LLC, PRA LLC does not own, of record or beneficially, or control, directly or indirectly, any capital stock, securities convertible into capital stock or any other equity interest in any corporation, association or business entity nor is PRA LLC, directly or indirectly, a participant in any joint venture, partnership or other non-corporate entity.

(d) No Conflict. Except for matters for which PRA LLC will receive a consent or waiver prior to the Exchange, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance by PRA LLC of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (i) violate any provision of any law or any governmental rule or regulation applicable to PRA LLC, (ii) conflict with the organizational documents of PRA LLC or any order, judgment or decree of any court or other agency of government binding on PRA LLC, (iii) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any material contract, indenture, agreement or other instrument or document to which PRA LLC is a party or by which the properties or assets of PRA LLC are bound, (iii) result in or require the creation or imposition of any lien upon any of the properties or assets of PRA LLC, or (iv) require any approval or consent of any person or entity under any agreement with PRA LLC.

2

(e) Governmental Consents. The performance by PRA LLC of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, do not and will not require any registration with, consent or approval of, or notice to, with or by, any federal, state or other governmental authority or regulatory body.

(f) Binding Obligation. Upon execution, this Agreement shall be the legally valid and binding obligation of PRA LLC enforceable against PRA LLC in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors generally and general principles of equity.

Section 2.02. By PRA Inc. PRA Inc. hereby represents and warrants to PRA LLC, the PRA Unitholders and the PRA Warrantholders that:

(a) Organization, etc. PRA Inc. is a corporation duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each other jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or the ownership of property requires such qualification or licensing, except where failure to be so qualified or licensed would not have a material adverse effect on PRA Inc.

(b) Power and Authority. PRA Inc. has the requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby.

(c) No Conflict. Except for matters for which PRA Inc. will receive a consent or waiver prior to the Exchange, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance by PRA Inc. of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (i) violate any provision of any law or any governmental rule or regulation applicable to PRA Inc., (ii) conflict with the organizational documents of PRA Inc. or any order, judgment or decree of any court or other agency of government binding on PRA Inc., (iii) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any material contract, indenture, agreement or other instrument or document to which PRA Inc. is a party or by which the properties or assets of PRA Inc. are bound, (iii) result in or require the creation or imposition of any lien upon any of the properties or assets of PRA Inc., or (iv) require any approval or consent of any person or entity under any agreement with PRA Inc.

(d) Governmental Consents. The performance by PRA Inc. of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, do not and will not require any registration with, consent or approval of, or notice to, with or by, any federal, state or other governmental authority or regulatory body, other than the periodic and other filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(e) Binding Obligation. Upon execution, this Agreement shall be the legally valid and binding obligation of PRA Inc. enforceable against PRA Inc. in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors generally and general principles of equity.

(f) The Securities. The shares of PRA Stock and PRA Warrants, when issued pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, shall be duly authorized, validly issued,

3

fully paid and non-assessable, and free and clear of any and all claims, liens, security interests, charges, encumbrances, equities, adverse interests and restrictions of any kind (collectively, "Liens"), and, except as set forth in this Agreement or as provided under applicable securities laws, will not be subject to any restriction on use, voting or transfer.

ARTICLE III.
COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES

Section 3.01. Additional Documents and Further Assurances. Each of the parties hereto, at the request of another party hereto, shall execute and deliver such other instruments and do and perform such other acts and things as may be necessary or desirable for effecting completely the consummation of this Agreement, the Exchange and the transactions contemplated hereby.

ARTICLE IV.
GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 4.01. Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally or by commercial messenger or courier service, or mailed by registered or certified (return receipt requested) or overnight mail or sent via facsimile (with acknowledgment of complete transmission) to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice); provided, however, that notices sent by mail will not be deemed given until received:

If to PRA Inc. or PRA LLC, to:

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
120 Corporate Boulevard
Norfolk, Virginia 23502
Attn: Steven D. Fredrickson
Fax : (757) 554-0586

In all cases with a copy to:

Charles I. Weissman, Esq.
Swidler Berlin Shereff Friedman, LLP
405 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10174
Fax: (212) 891-9598

Section 4.02. Survival of Representations. The representations and warranties made by the parties herein shall not survive the closing of the transactions contemplated hereunder or the termination of this Agreement.

Section 4.03. Headings and Interpretation. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, all provisions shall be deemed to be singular and plural in number, and masculine, feminine and neuter in gender, in all cases where they would so apply.

4

Section 4.04. Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile, and a facsimile signature shall have the same force and affect as an original signature on this Agreement.

Section 4.05. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and any other agreement or instrument to be delivered expressly pursuant to the terms hereof constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all previous negotiations, commitments and writings with respect to such subject matter.

Section 4.06. Assignments; Parties in Interest. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned by any of the parties hereto (whether by operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other parties. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto, and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any person not a party hereto any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason hereof, except as otherwise provided herein.

Section 4.07. Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto. The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of such void or unenforceable provision.

Section 4.08. Other Remedies. Except as otherwise provided herein, any and all remedies herein expressly conferred upon a party will be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any other remedy conferred hereby, or by law or equity upon such party, and the exercise by a party of any one remedy will not preclude the exercise of any other remedy.

Section 4.09. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

5

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, PRA LLC and PRA Inc. have caused this Agreement to be executed, all as of the day and year first above written.

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, LLC

By:     /s/ Kevin P. Stevenson
        ---------------------------------
        Name:  Kevin P. Stevenson
        Title: Senior Vice President

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.

By:     /s/ Kevin P. Stevenson
        ---------------------------------
        Name:  Kevin P. Stevenson
        Title:   Senior Vice President

6

EXHIBIT 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.


Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name of the corporation is Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. (the "Corporation"). The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on August 7, 2002.

2. The Corporation has not received any payment for any of its stock.

3. Pursuant to Sections 241 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and amends the provisions of the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, in all respects.

4. The text of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby restated and amended to read in its entirety as follows:

FIRST: The name of the corporation is Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. (the "Corporation").

SECOND: The registered office of the Corporation is to be located at 9 East Lookerman Street, in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware, 19901. The name of its registered agent at that address is National Registered Agents, Inc.

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall be authorized to issue is 32,000,000 of which 30,000,000 shall be designated as Common Stock with a par value of $0.01 per share and 2,000,000 shall be designated as Preferred Stock with a par value of $0.01 per share.

(a) Common Stock. The powers, preferences and relative participating, optional or other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions in respect of the Common Stock are as follows:


Subject to the prior or equal rights of any holders of Preferred Stock, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled (i) to receive dividends when and as declared by the Board of Directors out of any funds legally available therefor, (ii) in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation, ratably according to the number of shares of Common Stock held, and (iii) to one vote for each share of Common Stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. No holder of Common Stock shall have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any part of any issue of stock or of securities of the Corporation convertible into stock of any class whatsoever, whether now or hereafter authorized.

(b) Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized at any time, and from time to time, to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, with such voting powers, full or limited, or without voting powers and with such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance thereof adopted by the Board of Directors, subject to the limitations prescribed by law and in accordance with the provisions hereof, including (but without limiting the generality thereof) the ability to (i) divide the Preferred Stock into any number of series, (ii) fix the designation and number of shares of each such series, and (iii) determine or change the designation, relative rights, preferences, and limitations of any series of Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors (within the limits and restrictions of any resolutions adopted by it originally fixing the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock) may increase or decrease the number of shares initially fixed for any series, but no such decrease shall reduce the number below the number of shares then outstanding and shares duly reserved for issuance.

FIFTH: (a) Board of Directors. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors, subject to any right of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors, shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors pursuant to the Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Corporation.

(b) Classification. Immediately subsequent to the date of this Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as the then total number of directors constituting the whole board permits, with the term of office of one class expiring each year. At the next election of directors, the term of the directors of the first class shall expire and directors of the first class shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the next succeeding annual meeting. The term of the directors of the second class shall expire at the second election of directors after the date of this Certificate of Incorporation and directors of the second class shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the second succeeding annual meeting. The term of directors of the third class shall expire at the third election of directors after the date of Certificate of Incorporation and directors of the third class shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting. Subject to the foregoing, at each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to the class of directors whose term shall then expire shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring

2

at the third succeeding annual meeting and each director so elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal.

If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease in the number of directors shall be apportioned among the three classes so as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as possible, and the Board of Directors shall decide which class shall contain an unequal number of directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever holders of any shares of Preferred Stock, or any series thereof, shall be entitled, voting separately as a class, to elect any directors, all directors so elected shall be allocated, each time they are so elected, to the class whose term expires at the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders and the terms of all directors so elected by such holders shall expire at the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders.

(c) Nomination. From and subsequent to the effective date of the initial public offering of the shares of Common Stock by the Corporation and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article Fifth, clause (c) shall be eligible to serve as directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (in a manner meeting the requirements for independent director approval promulgated by the Nasdaq Stock Market) or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in this Article Fifth, clause (c), who shall be entitled to vote for the election of directors at the meeting and who complies with the procedures set forth below. Any such nominations (other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors) must be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting with respect to which such notice is to be tendered is not held within 30 days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be received no later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which notice of the meeting or public disclosure thereof was given or made. Such stockholder's notice shall set forth
(a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director, all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") (including such person's written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice (i) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation's books, of such stockholder, (ii) the class and number of shares of stock of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by such stockholder and (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with such nomination and any material interest of such stockholder in such nomination. At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by the Board of Directors for election as a director shall furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation that information required to be set forth in a stockholder's notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee. If the Board of Directors shall determine, based on the facts, that a nomination was not

3

made in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article Fifth, clause
(c), the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the person presiding at such meeting shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded. In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Article Fifth, clause (c), a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Article Fifth, clause (c).

(d) Vacancies. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, newly created directorships resulting from (i) an increase in the authorized number of directors elected by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of all classes of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors, considered for this purpose as one class, (ii) death, (iii) resignation, (iv) retirement, (v) disqualification, (vi) removal from office or (vii) any other cause, may be filled by a majority vote of the remaining directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director, and each director so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of the class to which he or she has been elected expires and until such director's successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(e) Removal. A director may be removed only for cause, by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of all classes of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors, considered for this purpose as one class.

SIXTH: Stockholder Action. From and subsequent to the effective date of the initial public offering of shares of Common Stock by the Corporation and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or under applicable law may be effected only at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and with a vote thereat, and may not be effected by consent in writing. Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the written request of 30% of the stockholders of the Corporation.

SEVENTH: Powers of Directors. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized:

(i) to adopt, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation in such manner and subject to such limitations, if any, as shall be set forth in the Amended and Restated By-Laws;

(ii) to allot and authorize the issuance of the authorized but unissued shares of the Corporation, including the declaration of dividends payable in shares of any class to stockholders of any class; and

4

(iii) to exercise all of the powers of the Corporation, insofar as the same may lawfully be vested by this certificate in the Board of Directors.

EIGHTH: Directors' Liability. No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of a fiduciary duty as a director; provided, however, that to the extent required by the provisions of Section 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any successor statute, or any other laws of the State of Delaware, this provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under
Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit, or
(v) for any act or omission occurring prior to the date when this Article Eighth becomes effective. If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware hereafter is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation, in addition to the limitation on personal liability provided herein, shall be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Any repeal or modification of this Article Eighth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Corporation existing as of the time of such repeal or modification.

NINTH: (a) Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or alleged action in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorney's fees, judgments, fines, excise tax or penalties pursuant to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such proceeding, and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding initiated by him or her only if such proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors, either generally or in the specific instance. The right to indemnification shall include the advancement of expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition in accordance with procedures established from time to time by the board of directors; provided, however, that if the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware so

5

requires, the director, officer or employee shall deliver to the Corporation an undertaking to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article Ninth or otherwise.

(b) Nonexclusivity. The rights of indemnification provided in this Article Ninth shall be in addition to any rights to which any person may otherwise be entitled by law or under any By-Law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. Such rights shall continue as to any person who has ceased to be a director, officer or employee and shall inure to the benefit of his heirs, executors and administrators, and shall be applied to proceedings commenced after the adoption hereof, whether arising from acts or omissions occurring before or after the adoption hereof.

(c) Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance to protect any persons against any liability or expense asserted against or incurred by such person in connection with any proceeding, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability or expense by law or under this Article Ninth or otherwise. The Corporation may create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means (including, without limitation, a letter of credit) to insure the payment of such sums as may become necessary to effect indemnification as provided herein.

TENTH: The Board of Directors shall have the power to make, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation. Any By-Laws made by the Board of Directors under the powers conferred hereby may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders of the Corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as of the 29th day of October, 2002.

/s/  Steven D. Fredrickson
----------------------------------------
Steven D. Fredrickson
President and Chief Executive Officer

6

EXHIBIT 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

OF

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.1. Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation within the State of Delaware shall be located at the principal place of business in said State of such corporation or individual acting as the Corporation's registered agent in Delaware.

Section 1.2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices and places of business at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 2.1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of stockholders shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation, or at such other place within or without the State of Delaware as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

Section 2.2. Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors shall be held at such time on such day, other than a legal holiday, as the Board of Directors in each such year determines. At the annual meeting, the stockholders entitled to vote for the election of directors shall elect, by a plurality vote, a Board of Directors and transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting.

Section 2.3. Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called as provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Any such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. At any special meeting of stockholders, only such business may be transacted as is related to the purpose or purposes set forth in the notice of such meeting.

Section 2.4. Notice of Meetings. Written notice of every meeting of stockholders, stating the place, date and hour thereof and, in the case of a special meeting of stockholders, the purpose or purposes thereof and the person or persons by whom or at whose direction such meeting has been called and such notice is being issued, shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the Chairman of the Board, the Secretary, or the persons calling the meeting, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his, her


or its address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation. Nothing herein contained shall preclude the stockholders from waiving notice as provided in Section 4.1 hereof.

Section 2.5. Quorum. The holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall be necessary to and shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of stockholders. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if after any such adjournment the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting, or if the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of such adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in Section 2.4 of these By-Laws, but such notice may be waived as provided in Section 4.1 hereof.

Section 2.6. Voting. The voting rights of stockholders shall be as provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 2.7. Proxies. Every stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting or by consent without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy. Each proxy shall be in writing executed by the stockholder giving the proxy or by his duly authorized attorney. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of three (3) years from its date, unless a longer period is provided for in the proxy. Unless and until voted, every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the person who executed it, or his legal representatives or assigns except in those cases where an irrevocable proxy permitted by statute has been given.

Section 2.8. Stock Records. The Secretary or agent having charge of the stock transfer books shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of and the number and class and series, if any, of shares held by each stockholder. Such list, for a period of 10 days prior to such meeting, shall be kept at the principal place of business of the Corporation or at the office of the transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation and such other places as required by statute and shall be subject to inspection by any stockholder at any time during usual business hours. Such list shall also be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any stockholder at any time during the meeting.

Section 2.9. Conduct of Meeting. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all such meetings. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall preside at all such meetings. If none of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President is present, then any other director chosen by the directors in attendance shall preside. The Secretary of the Corporation, or, in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary, if any, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but if

2

neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint a secretary of the meeting.

Section 2.10. Inspectors and Judges. The directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors of election or judges of the vote, as the case may be, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If an inspector or inspectors or judge or judges are not appointed, the person presiding at the meeting may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors or judges. In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector or judge fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the person presiding at the meeting. Each inspector or judge, if any, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector or judge at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. The inspectors or judges, if any, shall determine the number of shares of stock outstanding and the voting power of each class and series, the shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the person presiding at the meeting, the inspector or inspectors or judge or judges, if any, shall make a report in writing on any challenge, question or matter determined by him or them and execute a certificate of any fact found by him or them.

Section 2.11. Stockholder Proposals. At any annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (b) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of the notice provided for in this Section 2.11, who shall be entitled to vote at such meeting and who complies with the procedures set forth below. For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting with respect to which such notice is to be tendered is not held within 30 days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be received no later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which notice of the date of the meeting or public disclosure thereof was given or made. Such stockholder's notice shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting (a) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting,
(b) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation's books, of the stockholder proposing such business, (c) the class and the number of shares of stock of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by the stockholder and (d) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with such business and any material interest of the stockholder in such business. Notwithstanding anything in these By-Laws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at a stockholder meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.11. If the Board of Directors of the meeting shall determine, based on

3

the facts, that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.11, the Chairman of the Board or the person presiding at such meeting shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before such meeting shall not be transacted. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.11, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.11. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.11, stockholder nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors shall be governed by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 3.1. Number. The number of directors of the Corporation which shall constitute the entire Board of Directors shall initially be fixed by the incorporator and thereafter from time to time by a vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors and shall be not less than 2 nor more than 11. The number of directors of the Corporation shall initially be 2. A majority of the directors shall be independent directors, as determined under current Nasdaq National Market ("Nasdaq") rules.

Section 3.2. Nomination, Classification, Election, Term, Removal, Vacancies, Resignation and Newly Created Directorships. The nomination, classification, election, term, removal and newly created directorships shall be governed by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Any director may resign at any time upon notice of resignation to the Corporation.

Section 3.3. Powers and Duties. Subject to the applicable provisions of law, these Amended and Restated By-Laws or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, but in furtherance and not in limitation of any rights therein conferred, the Board of Directors shall have the control and management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as may be exercised by the Corporation.

Section 3.4. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the Board of Directors may be held either within or without the State of Delaware.

Section 3.5. Annual Meetings. An annual meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders, and no notice of such meeting to the newly elected directors shall be necessary in order to legally constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present, or the newly elected directors may meet at such time and place as shall be fixed by the written consent of all of such directors.

Section 3.6. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held upon such notice or without notice, and at such time and at such place as shall from time to time

4

be determined by the Board of Directors. Such meetings shall include executive sessions of the independent directors of the Corporation.

Section 3.7. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called as provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company by a majority of the Board of Directors. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

Section 3.8. Notice of Meetings. Notice of each special meeting of the Board of Directors (and of each regular meeting for which notice shall be required) shall be given by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and shall state the place, date and time of the meeting. Notice of each such meeting shall be given orally or shall be mailed to each director at his residence or usual place of business. If notice of less than 3 days is given, it shall be oral, whether by telephone or in person, or sent by special delivery mail or telegraph. If mailed, the notice shall be given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid. Notice of any adjourned meeting, including the place, date and time of the new meeting, shall be given to all directors not present at the time of the adjournment, as well as to the other directors unless the place, date and time of the new meeting is announced at the adjourned meeting. Nothing herein contained shall preclude the directors from waiving notice as provided in Section 4.1 hereof.

Section 3.9. Quorum and Voting. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall be necessary to, and shall constitute a quorum for, the transaction of business at any meeting of directors, unless otherwise provided by any applicable provision of law, by these Amended and Restated By-Laws, or by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. The act of a majority of the directors present at the time of the vote, if a quorum is present at such time, shall be the act of the Board of Directors, unless otherwise provided by an applicable provision of law, by these Amended and Restated By-Laws or by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 3.10. Compensation. The Board of Directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, and irrespective of any personal interest of any of its members, shall have authority to establish reasonable compensation of all directors for services to the Corporation as directors, officers or otherwise, provided that, no independent director (or a non-employee family member of such director) shall receive any payments (including political contributions) which would disqualify such director from being an independent director under then current Securities and Exchange Commission and Nasdaq regulations ($0 in the case of audit committee members), other than for Board or committee service.

Section 3.11. Books and Records. The directors may keep the books of the Corporation, except such as are required by law to be kept within the state, outside of the State of Delaware, at such place or places as they may from time to time determine.

5

Section 3.12. Action without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors, or by a committee of the Board of Directors, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or the committee, as the case may be, consent in writing to the adoption of a resolution authorizing the action. Any such resolution and the written consents thereto by the members of the Board of Directors or committee shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

Section 3.13. Telephone Participation. Any one or more members of the Board of Directors, or any committee of the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or committee by means of a conference telephone call or similar communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same time. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

Section 3.14. Committees of the Board. The Board of Directors shall designate an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating Committee and may designate one or more other committees, each consisting of one or more directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any such committee. Such alternate members may replace any absent member or members at any meeting of such committee. Each committee (including the members thereof) shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and shall keep minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, each such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution establishing it, shall have and may exercise all the authority of the Board of Directors with respect to all matters.

ARTICLE IV

WAIVER

Section 4.1. Waiver. Whenever a notice is required to be given by any provision of law, by these Amended and Restated By-Laws, or by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, a waiver thereof in writing, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice. In addition, any stockholder attending a meeting of stockholders in person or by proxy without protesting prior to the conclusion of the meeting the lack of notice thereof to him or her, and any director attending a meeting of the Board of Directors without protesting prior to the meeting or at its commencement such lack of notice, shall be conclusively deemed to have waived notice of such meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 5.1. Executive Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be a President, a Chief Executive Officer, a Secretary and a Treasurer. Any person may hold two or more of such offices. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually (and from time to time by the Board of Directors, as vacancies occur), at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors following the meeting of stockholders at which the Board of Directors was elected.

6

Section 5.2. Other Officers. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents, including Senior Vice Presidents, Vice Presidents, Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, as it shall at any time or from time to time deem necessary or advisable.

Section 5.3. Authorities and Duties. All officers, as between themselves and the Corporation, shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management of business and affairs of the Corporation as may be provided in these By-Laws, or, to the extent not so provided, as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

Section 5.4. Tenure and Removal. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected or appointed to hold office until their respective successors are elected or appointed. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors, and any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors for cause or without cause at any regular or special meeting.

Section 5.5. Vacancies. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or removal, with or without cause, or any other reason, shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 5.6. Compensation. The salaries and other compensation of all officers and agents of the Corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Board of Directors.

Section 5.7. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general supervision of the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall have such powers and duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors.

Section 5.8. President. The President shall have general charge of the business and affairs of the Corporation subject to the control of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer and in the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors. The President shall perform such other duties as are properly required of him or her by the Board of Directors.

Section 5.9. Vice President. Each Vice President (including Senior Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents), if any, shall perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the President, the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

Section 5.10. Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall record all proceedings taken at such meetings in a book to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall see that all notices of meetings of stockholders and meetings of the Board of Directors are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these By-Laws or as required by law; the Secretary shall be the custodian of the records and of the corporate seal or seals of the Corporation; the Secretary shall have authority to affix the corporate seal or seals to all documents, the execution of which, on behalf of the

7

Corporation, under its seal, is duly authorized, and when so affixed it may be attested by the Secretary's signature; and in general, the Secretary shall perform all duties incident to the office of the Secretary of a corporation, and such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 5.11. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have charge of and be responsible for all funds, securities, receipts and disbursements of the Corporation and shall deposit, or cause to be deposited, in the name and to the credit of the Corporation, all moneys and valuable effects in such banks, trust companies, or other depositories as shall from time to time be selected by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation; the Treasurer shall render to the President, the Chief Executive Officer and each member of the Board of Directors, whenever requested, an account of all of his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation; and in general, the Treasurer shall perform all of the duties incident to the office of the Treasurer of a corporation, and such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 5.12. Other Officers. The Board of Directors may also elect or may delegate to the President or the Chief Executive Officer the power to appoint such other officers as it may at any time or from time to time deem advisable, and any officers so elected or appointed shall have such authority and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the President or the Chief Executive Officer, if he or she shall have appointed them, may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE VI

PROVISIONS RELATING TO STOCK CERTIFICATES AND STOCKHOLDERS

Section 6.1. Form and Signature. The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief Executive Officer or any Vice President and by the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer and shall bear the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof. Each certificate representing shares shall state upon its face (a) that the Corporation is formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, (b) the name of the person or persons to whom it is issued, (c) the number of shares which such certificate represents and (d) the par value, if any, of each share represented by such certificate.

Section 6.2. Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares of stock to receive dividends or other distributions, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of stock, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or legal claim to or interest in such shares on the part of any other person.

Section 6.3. Transfer of Stock. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the appropriate transfer agent, if any, of the Corporation, of a certificate representing shares of stock duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer,

8

and, in the event that the certificate refers to any agreement restricting transfer of the shares which it represents, proper evidence of compliance with such agreement, a new certificate shall be issued to the person entitled thereto, and the old certificate cancelled and the transaction recorded upon the books of the Corporation.

Section 6.4. Lost Certificates, etc. The Corporation may issue a new certificate for shares in place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, mutilated, stolen or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may require the owner of such lost, mutilated, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner's legal representatives, to make an affidavit of the fact and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, mutilation, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate.

Section 6.5. Record Date. For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express written consent to any corporate action without a meeting, or for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date. Such date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

Section 6.6. Regulations. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Board of Directors may make such additional rules and regulations, not inconsistent with these By-Laws, as it may deem expedient, concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for the securities of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may appoint, or authorize any officer or officers to appoint, one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars and may require all certificates for shares of capital stock to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 7.1. Dividends and Distributions. Dividends and other distributions upon or with respect to outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, and may be paid in cash, bonds, property, or in stock of the Corporation. The Board of Directors shall have full power and discretion, subject to the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the terms of any other corporate document or instrument to determine what, if any, dividends or distributions shall be declared and paid or made.

Section 7.2. Checks, etc. All checks or demands for money and notes or other instruments evidencing indebtedness or obligations of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or other person or persons as may from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors.

9

Section 7.3. Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its incorporation and the words "Corporate Seal Delaware". The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced.

Section 7.4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 7.5. General and Special Bank Accounts. The Board of Directors may authorize from time to time the opening and keeping of general and special bank accounts with such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors may designate or as may be designated by any officer or officers of the Corporation to whom such power of designation may be delegated by the Board of Directors from time to time. The Board of Directors may make such special rules and regulations with respect to such bank accounts, not inconsistent with the provisions of these By-Laws, as it may deem expedient.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND OTHER PERSONS

Section 8.1. Indemnification by Corporation. The indemnification of directors, officers and other persons shall be as provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

ARTICLE IX

ADOPTION AND AMENDMENTS

Section 9.1. Power to Amend. The power to adopt, amend and repeal the By-Laws shall be as provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

I HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing is a full, true, and correct copy of the Bylaws of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as in effect on the date hereof.

Dated: October 29, 2002                  /s/ Judith S. Scott
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Judith S. Scott, Secretary

10

EXHIBIT 4.2

FORM OF WARRANT

Effective as of the date of this Agreement (the "Grant Date"), Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. (the "Company") hereby grants to [_________] ("Warrantholder") warrants (the "Warrants") to acquire [_______] shares of the common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share ("Share"), subject to the terms and conditions set forth below. The exercise price per Share subject to the Warrant is $[_______] (the per Share "Exercise Price").

This Warrant is issued to Warrantholder under and pursuant to the Equity Exchange Agreement between Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., the Company and the additional parties named therein. The grant of the Warrants has been approved by the sole non-employee director of the Company and by the stockholders of the Company. [Vesting provisions of Warrants to be added.] The Warrants shall cease to be exercisable and shall terminate on [_________] (the "Expiration Date"). The Warrants may be exercised in whole or in part, but not in fractional Shares.

Once Warrantholder decides to exercise all or part of the Warrant, Warrantholder shall notify the Company by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to its principal office as to the number of Shares which he, she or it desires to purchase under the Warrants, which notice shall be accompanied by payment (by cash or certified check) of the Exercise Price. As soon as practicable thereafter, the Company shall record Warrantholder's purchase of additional Shares in accordance with its policies then in effect.

Warrantholder may not give, grant, sell, exchange, transfer legal title, pledge, assign or otherwise encumber or dispose of the Warrants or any interest herein, otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and the Warrants shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by Warrantholder.

Warrantholder shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to the Shares subject to this Warrant until such time as Warrantholder exercises the Warrants in accordance with the terms hereunder. The Company shall reserve the right to amend the terms and conditions of this award, including the number and kind of Shares and the Exercise Price, provided that no such amendment shall be made which would adversely affect Warrantholder without Warrantholder's prior written consent. In the event that the Shares are converted into a different form of security, Warrantholder's Warrants shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect such conversion as determined by the Company.

Warrantholder agrees to cooperate with the Company to take all steps necessary or appropriate for any required withholding of taxes by the Company under law or regulation in connection therewith.

The Warrant granted under this Agreement is not intended to qualify as an "incentive stock option" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.


[Provisions regarding exercise of the Warrants applicable to Warrantholders which are employees of the Company to be added.]

-----------------------------           PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.
Warrantholder

                                        By: -----------------------------
-------------                               Name:

Date Title:


EXHIBIT 5.1

[SWIDLER BERLIN SHEREFF FRIEDMAN, LLP LETTERHEAD]

October 30, 2002

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
120 Corporate Boulevard
Norfolk, Virginia 23502

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), intends to transmit for filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form S-1 (the "Registration Statement") relating to the sale by the Company to the underwriters of 3,470,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Common Stock") and to the sale by the selling stockholder to the underwriters of up to an additional 520,500 shares of Common Stock (all of which are subject to the underwriters' over-allotment option) which will be purchased by the underwriters from the Company and the selling stockholder pursuant to the Registration Statement. This opinion is an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

We have acted as special securities counsel to the Company and to the selling stockholder with respect to the proposed offer and sale of the Common Stock pursuant to the Registration Statement, and in such capacity we have participated in various corporate and other proceedings taken by or on behalf of the Company or the selling stockholder in connection therewith. However, we are not general counsel to the Company or the selling stockholder and would not ordinarily be familiar with or aware of matters relating to the Company or the selling stockholder unless they are brought to our attention by representatives of the Company or by the selling stockholder.

We have examined copies (in each case signed, certified or otherwise proven to our satisfaction to be genuine) of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and all amendments thereto, its Amended and Restated By-Laws as presently in effect, and minutes and other instruments evidencing actions taken by its directors and stockholders relating to the Company and the proposed offering. We have assumed the genuineness of all signatures and the authenticity of all agreements, documents, certificates and instruments submitted to us as originals and the conformity with the originals of all agreements, instruments, documents and certificates submitted to us as copies. Insofar as this opinion may relate to securities to be issued in the future, we have assumed that all applicable laws, rules and regulations in effect at the time of such issuance are the same as such laws, rules and regulations in effect as of the date hereof.


Page 2

October 30, 2002

Except as expressly stated in the following sentence, we express no opinion herein as to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York and the federal laws of the United States. Insofar as this opinion may involve the laws of the State of Delaware, our opinion is based solely upon our reading of the Delaware General Corporation Law, except that our opinion as to the due incorporation and valid existence of the Company is based solely upon a Certificate of Good Standing obtained from the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

Based on the foregoing, and subject to and in reliance on the accuracy and completeness of the information relevant thereto provided to us, it is our opinion that:

1. The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has authorized capital stock consisting of 30,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

2. The shares of Common Stock to be sold by the Company under the Registration Statement have been duly authorized and, subject to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, when issued and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the terms set forth in the Registration Statement, will be legally issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

3. The maximum of 520,500 shares of Common Stock to be sold by the selling stockholder under the Registration Statement have been duly authorized and legally issued and, subject to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, when delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the terms set forth in the Registration Statement, will be fully paid and nonassessable.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and as an exhibit to any application under the securities or other laws of any state of the United States, which relate to the offering which is the subject of this opinion, and to the reference to this firm appearing under the heading "Legal Matters" in the prospectus which is contained in the Registration Statement.

This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement, and is not to be used, circulated, quoted or otherwise relied upon for any other purpose, except as expressly provided in the preceding paragraph. This opinion is as of the date hereof and we disclaim any undertaking to update this opinion after the date hereof.

Very truly yours,

/s/ SWIDLER BERLIN SHEREFF FRIEDMAN, LLP

    SWIDLER BERLIN SHEREFF FRIEDMAN, LLP


EXHIBIT 10.7

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is made this 1st day of January, 2002, between Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company with its principal place of business in the City of Norfolk, Virginia ("Company") and Steven D. Fredrickson ("Employee").

IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants contained herein and for other considerations the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

The Company hereby hires Employee as its President. Subject to the LLC Agreement (as defined herein), he shall be vested with such authority and responsibilities as may be conferred upon him by the Management Committee of the Company (the "Management Committee") and which are appropriate and customary to his office. He shall report to and act under the direction of the Management Committee. The Employee accepts such employment and agrees to diligently and faithfully exercise the authority and discharge the responsibility of his office to the best of his ability, devoting substantially all of his business time, attention, and services to the affairs of the Company. Except with the consent of the Management Committee, the Employee shall not engage in any other pursuits for compensation while serving as an officer of the Company.

2. PLACE OF PERFORMANCE.

The principal place of employment of Employee shall be at the Company's principal executive offices in Norfolk, Virginia or where such offices may be relocated within a twenty-five (25) mile radius of Norfolk, Virginia (the "Metropolitan Area"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee may be required to travel beyond the Metropolitan Area as may be reasonably required to perform his duties hereunder.

3. COMPENSATION.

(a) Base Salary. The Employee shall be paid a base salary at the rate of $190,000 per year, which shall be paid in approximately equal installments consent with the Company's payroll policy, as it may exist from time to time ("Base Salary"). Following the first anniversary of the Commencement Date (as defined herein) and for each anniversary thereafter during the Employment Period (as defined herein), Base Salary shall be increased annually by no less than 4% over the immediately preceding year's Base Salary.

(b) Management Bonus Program. The performance of the business shall be reviewed at the end of each operating year and compared to such goals as are set forth in the business plan for that year as developed and presented by the Operating Member of the Company and approved by its Management Committee (the "Business Plan"). If the results of


operations for the year achieve the net profitability goals for the year specified in the approved Business Plan, a bonus equal to no less than forty percent (40%) of the Employee's Base Salary shall be paid to him (the "Bonus"). If the results of operations for the year exceed the net profitability goals of the approved Business Plan, the amount of the Employee's Bonus may be increased in recognition of the degree to which performance exceeded such goals, and the Employee's contribution to such superior performance results as determined in the sole discretion of the Management Committee. If the results of operations for the year fail to achieve such net profitability goals, the amount (if any) of the Employee's Bonus shall be within the absolute discretion of the Management Committee.

(c) Benefits. The Employee shall be entitled to a benefits package consisting of: (i) four (4) weeks paid annual vacation and (ii) such other employee benefits programs as may be offered by the Company to other employees, provided that he shall not be entitled to participate in any incentive bonus program adopted for non-management level employees during the time the Management Bonus Program is in effect. In addition, the Company shall reimburse Employee for reasonable business expenses incurred by Employee upon appropriate documentation and in accordance with Company policies for senior executives, as they may exist from time to time. The Company shall reimburse Employee for his reasonable legal fees incurred with respect to the preparation of this Agreement; provided that, such reimbursement shall not exceed $5,000.

(d) Warrants. The Employee was granted warrants to acquire equity interests in the Company in accordance with the terms set forth in Exhibit A to the Employment Agreement between the Employee and the Company dated March 31, 1999.

4. TERM

The period of employment of Employee by the Company hereunder (the "Employment Period") shall commence on the date hereof (the "Commencement Date") and shall continue through the third anniversary thereof; provided, that, commencing on the third anniversary of the Commencement Date and each anniversary thereafter, the Employment Period shall be automatically extended for one (1) additional year unless either party shall notify the other party at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the Employment Period that it intends to let the Agreement expire. The Employment Period may be sooner terminated by either party in accordance with Section 5 of this Agreement.

In an event of a Change of Control, the period of employment shall be automatically extended by 24 months from the date of the event.

For purposes of this Agreement, a Change in Control shall mean a reorganization or recapitalization of the Company, whether by merger, sale of substantially all of its assets except in the ordinary course of business, share exchange or sale, or other form or structure of transaction which when given effect will result in Angelo, Gordon & Co., L.P. and its affiliates ceasing to hold at least a majority of the outstanding Units. In the event of an impending Change

2

in Control, the Company shall provide Employee as much advance notice as administratively possible prior to such Change in Control.

5. TERMINATION.

Employee's employment hereunder may be terminated during the Employment Period under the following circumstances:

(a) Death. Employee's employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.

(b) Disability. If, as a result of Employee's incapacity due to physical or mental illness, Employee shall have been substantially unable to perform his duties hereunder for an entire period of six (6) consecutive months or nine (9) months in any twelve (12) month period, and within thirty (30) days after written Notice of Termination is given after such period, Employee shall not have returned to the substantial performance of his duties on a full-time basis, the Company shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment hereunder for "Disability", and such termination in and of itself shall not be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.

(c) Cause. The Company shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment for Cause, and such termination in and of itself shall not be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall have "Cause" to terminate Employee's employment upon Employee's:

(i) conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony; or

(ii) willful and continued failure to use reasonable best efforts to substantially perform his duties hereunder (other than such failure resulting from Employee's incapacity due to physical or mental illness or subsequent to the issuance of a Notice of Termination by Employee for Good Reason) or to obey the lawful written directives of the Management Committee after demand for substantial performance is delivered by the Company in writing that specifically identifies the manner in which the Company believes Employee has not used reasonable best efforts to substantially perform his duties; or

(iii) willful misconduct (including, but not limited to, a willful breach of the provisions of Section 9) that is economically injurious to the Company or to any entity in control of, controlled by or under common control with the Company ("Affiliates").

(d) Good Reason. Employee may terminate his employment for "Good Reason" within thirty (30) days after Employee has actual knowledge of the occurrence, without the written consent of Employee, of one of the following events that has not been cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof has been given by Employee to the Company:

(i) the relocation of the Company's principal executive offices or Employee's own office to a location beyond the Metropolitan Area; or

3

(ii) the Company's failure to provide any material payments due to be provided to Employee.

Employee's right to terminate his employment hereunder for Good Reason shall not be affected by his incapacity due to physical or mental illness. Employee's continued employment during the thirty (30) day period referred to above in this paragraph (d) shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any act or failure to act constituting Good Reason hereunder.

(e) Without Cause. The Company shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment hereunder without Cause by providing Employee with a Notice of Termination, and such termination shall not in and of itself be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.

(f) Without Good Reason. Employee shall have the right to terminate his employment hereunder without Good Reason by providing the Company with a Notice of Termination, and such termination shall not in and of itself be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.

(g) Expiration of the Term. Unless the Company and the Employee agree to continue the employment on an at will basis pending negotiation of a new employment agreement, Employee's employment shall terminate upon the expiration of the Employment Period and such expiration shall not be deemed to be a termination by the Company without Cause.

6. TERMINATION PROCEDURE.

(a) Notice of Termination. Any termination of Employee's employment by the Company or by Employee during the Employment Period (other than termination pursuant to Section 5(a)) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 12. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Employee's employment under the provision so indicated.

(b) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination" shall mean (i) if Employee's employment is terminated by his death, the date of his death, (ii) if Employee's employment is terminated pursuant to Section 5(b), thirty (30) days after Notice of Termination (provided that Employee shall not have returned to the substantial performance of his duties on a full-time basis during such thirty (30) day period), (iii) if Employee's employment is terminated pursuant to Section 5(g), the date of expiration, and (iv) if Employee's employment is terminated for any other reason, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given or any later date (within thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice) set forth in such Notice of Termination.

7. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION OR DURING DISABILITY.

In the event Employee is disabled or his employment terminates during the Employment Period, the Company shall provide Employee with the payments and benefits set forth below. Employee acknowledges and agrees that the payments set forth in this Section 7

4

constitute liquidated damages for any claim of breach of contract under this Agreement as it relates to termination of his employment during the Employment Period. In order to receive any of the payments set forth below, prior to the payments of such amounts, Employee shall execute and agree to be bound by an agreement relating to the waiver and general release of any and all claims (other than claims for the compensation and benefits payable under Section 7 hereof) arising out of or relating to Employee's employment and termination of employment (the "Release"). Such Release must be made in a form that is reasonably satisfactory to the Company, and shall run in favor of the Company and its affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns.

(a) Termination by Company without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason. If Employee's employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason:

(i) the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination, (B) the greater of a lump-sum payment equal to two (2) times Employee's then current Base Salary or the minimum Base Salary due under the remaining Employment Period and (C) the greater of a lump-sum payment equal to two (2) times the amount of the Bonus, if any, paid to Employee in the year immediately prior to the year of termination or the target Bonus due under the remaining Employment Period. Such payment under clauses (B) and (C) hereof shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the Date of Termination and execution of a valid Release, but in no event more than forty-five (45) days following the execution of such Release;

(ii) the Company shall provide a reasonable allowance for outplacement services, not to exceed $7,500;

(iii) For the longer of twelve (12) months or the remaining Employment Period following such termination, the Company shall continue to provide Employee with the same level of medical benefits upon substantially the same terms and conditions (including contributions required by Employee for such benefits) as existed immediately prior to Employee's termination; provided, that, if Employee cannot continue to participate in the Company's plans providing such benefits, the Company shall reimburse Employee the cost of obtaining such benefits as if continued participation had been permitted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Employee becomes re-employed with another employer and becomes eligible to receive comparable benefits from such employer, the benefit described in this clause (iii) shall cease; and

(iv) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.

(b) Cause, by Employee without Good Reason or upon Expiration of the Employment Period. If Employee's employment is terminated by the company for Cause or by Employee (other than for Good Reason) or upon expiration of the Employment Period:

5

(i) the Company shall pay Employee his Base Salary and, to the extent required by law or the Company's vacation policy, his accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination; provided, that, if the Employee's termination of employment occurs do to an expiration of the Employment Period initiated by a notice provided to Employee by the Company under
Section 4 of the Agreement, notwithstanding the foregoing and in lieu thereof, the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination, (B) a lump-sum payment equal to one-half (0.5) times Employee's then current Base Salary and
(C) a lump-sum payment equal to one-half (0.5) times the amount of the Bonus, if any, paid to Employee in the year immediately prior to the year of termination. Such payment under clauses (B) and (C) hereof shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the Date of Termination and execution of a valid Release, but in no event more than forty-five (45) days following the execution of such Release; and

(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.

(c) Disability. During any period that Employee fails to perform his duties hereunder as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness ("Disability Period"), Employee shall continue to receive his full Base Salary set forth in Section 3(a) until his employment is terminated pursuant to
Section 5(b); provided that, any such amounts shall be off-set, on a dollar for dollar basis, for each dollar Employee receives by any disability insurance or social security benefit. In the event Employee's employment is terminated for Disability pursuant to Section 5(b):

(i) the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, off-set, on a dollar for dollar basis, for each dollar Employee receives by any disability insurance or social security benefit, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination and (B) a Bonus, for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, pro-rated to the Date of Termination and payable at the same time as bonuses are customarily paid; and

(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.

(d) Death. If Employee's employment is terminated by his death:

(i) the Company shall pay in a lump sum to Employee's beneficiary, legal representatives or estate, as the case may be, Employee's (A) Base Salary through the Date of Termination and (B) Bonus, for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, pro-rated to the Date of Termination and payable at the same time as bonuses are customarily paid; and

(ii) Employee's beneficiary, legal representatives or estate, as the case may be,

6

shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and benefits as may be due to any such persons or estate in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.

8. MITIGATION.

Except as otherwise noted above, Employee shall not be required to mitigate amounts payable under this Agreement by seeking other employment, and there shall be no offset against amounts due Employee under this Agreement on account of subsequent employment except as specifically provided herein.

9. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS; NON-COMPETITION.

(a) Confidential Information. Employee shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all trade secrets and confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company and its businesses and investments, which shall have been obtained by Employee during Employee's employment by the Company and which is not generally available public knowledge (other than by acts by Employee in violation of this Agreement). Except as may be required or appropriate in connection with his carrying out his duties under this Agreement, Employee shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company or as may otherwise be required by law or any legal process, or as is necessary in connection with any adversarial proceeding against the Company (in which case Employee shall use his reasonable best efforts in cooperating with the Company in obtaining a protective order against disclosure by a court of competent jurisdiction), communicate or divulge any such trade secrets, information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and those designated by the Company or on behalf of the Company in the furtherance of its business or to perform duties hereunder.

(b) Removal of Documents: Rights to Products. All records, files, drawings, documents, models, equipment, and the like relating to the Company's business, which Employee has control over shall not be removed from the Company's premises without its written consent, unless such removal is in the furtherance of the Company's business or is in connection with Employee's carrying out his duties under this Agreement and, if so removed, shall be returned to the Company promptly after termination of Employee's employment hereunder, or otherwise promptly after removal if such removal occurs following termination of employment. Employee shall assign to the Company all rights to trade secrets and other products relating to the Company's business developed by him alone or in conjunction with others at any time while employed by the Company.

(c) Nonsolicitation. During the Employment Period and for two
(2) years after Employee's employment is terminated for any reason, Employee will not, directly or indirectly, solicit the customers, suppliers or key employees of the Company to terminate their relationship with the Company (or to modify such relationship in a manner that is adverse to the interests of the Company), or to violate any valid contracts they may have with the Company.

(d) Noncompetition. During the Employment Period and for one
(1) year after Employee's employment is terminated for any reason (other than pursuant to Sections 5(d)

7

and 5(e)), Employee will not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, control, be employed by, or perform services for any business, howsoever organized and in whatsoever form, that engages in the same or a similar line of business as the Company, as determined from its latest Business Plan, and which is located in the market area of the Company existing on the date of termination of Employee's employment with Company.

(e) Blue Pencil. If, at any time, the provisions of this
Section 9 shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, by reason of being vague or unreasonable as to area, duration or scope of activity, this
Section 9 shall be considered divisible and shall become and be immediately amended to only such area, duration and scope of activity as shall be determined to be reasonable and enforceable by the court or other body having jurisdiction over the matter and Employee agrees that this Section 9 as so amended shall be valid and binding as though any invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included herein.

(f) Injuctive Relief. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 9, Employee agrees that the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief in a court of appropriate jurisdiction to remedy any such breach or threatened breach, Employee acknowledging that damages would be inadequate and insufficient.

(g) Continuing Operation. Except as specifically provided in this Section 9, the termination of Employee's employment or of this Agreement shall have no effect on the continuing operation of this Section 9.

10. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY.

The limitation of liability and indemnity provisions of
Section 3.8(b)(c) and (d) of the LLC Agreement are a contractual benefit to the Employee and are a material consideration for his employment.

11. GOVERNING LAW; LEGAL FEES AND EXPENSES.

This Agreement, the employment relationship contemplated herein and any claim arising from such relationship, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflicts of laws rules. If any contest or dispute shall arise between the Company and Employee regarding the provisions of this Agreement, each party shall be responsible for the payment of its own legal fees and expenses relating to such claim or dispute regardless of outcome.

12. NOTICES.

All notices hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail with adequate postage affixed, as follows:

8

If to the Company, to:

Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C.
c/o Angelo, Gordon & Co., L.P.
245 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10067

Attn: David Roberts

If to the Employee, to:

Steven D. Fredrickson
3208 Stapleford Chase
Virginia Beach, VA 23452

13. LLC AGREEMENT.

The term "LLC Agreement" as used herein shall mean the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company dated as of the date hereof. All capitalized terms appearing in the text of this Agreement shall have the same meanings as they have in the LLC Agreement to the extent not defined herein.

14. SUCCESSORS; BINDING AGREEMENT.

(a) Company's Successors. The Company may assign or transfer this Agreement; provided, that, the Company will require any successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such assignment or transfer had taken place.

(b) Employee's Successors. No rights or obligations of Employee under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by Employee other than his rights to payments or benefits hereunder, which may be transferred only by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Upon Employee's death, this Agreement and all rights of Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Employee's beneficiary or beneficiaries, personal or legal representative, or estate, to the extent any such person succeeds to Employee's interests under this Agreement. Employee shall be entitled to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any benefit or compensation payable hereunder following Employee's death by giving the Company written notice thereof. In the event of Employee's death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in this Agreement to Employee shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to his beneficiar(y)(ies), estate or other legal representative(s). If Employee should die following his Date of Termination while any amounts would still be payable to him hereunder if he had continued to live, all such amounts unless otherwise provided herein shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to such person or persons so appointed in writing by Employee, or otherwise to his legal representatives or estate.

9

15. MISCELLANEOUS.

No provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified, or waived unless such amendment or modification is agreed to in writing signed by Employee and by a duly authorized officer of the Company, and such waiver is set forth in writing and signed by the party to be charged. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement. The respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall survive Employee's termination of employment and the termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary for the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.

16. VALIDITY.

The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

17. COUNTERPARTS.

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

18. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by any officer, employee or representative of any party hereto in respect of such subject matter. Any prior agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein is hereby terminated and cancelled.

19. WITHHOLDING.

All payments hereunder shall be subject to any required withholding of Federal, state and local taxes pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

10

20. SECTION HEADINGS.

The section headings in this Employment Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and they form no part of this Agreement and shall not affect its interpretation.

"Company":

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.

By: /s/ Josh Brain
   ------------------------------------
   Name: Josh Brain
   Title: Capital Manager

"Employee":

By: /s/ Steven D. Fredrickson
   ------------------------------------
   Steven D. Fredrickson

11

EXHIBIT 10.8

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is made this 1st day of January, 2002, between Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company with its principal place of business in the City of Norfolk, Virginia ("Company") and Kevin P. Stevenson ("Employee").

IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants contained herein and for other considerations the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

The Company hereby hires Employee as a Senior Vice President. Subject to the LLC Agreement (as defined herein), he shall be vested with such authority and responsibilities as may be conferred upon him by the Management Committee of the Company (the "Management Committee") and the President of the Company (the "President") and which are appropriate and customary to his office. He shall report to and act under the direction of the President. The Employee accepts such employment and agrees to diligently and faithfully exercise the authority and discharge the responsibility of his office to the best of his ability, devoting substantially all of his business time, attention, and services to the affairs of the Company. Except with the consent of the Management Committee, the Employee shall not engage in any other pursuits for compensation while serving as an officer of the Company.

2. PLACE OF PERFORMANCE.

The principal place of employment of Employee shall be at the Company's principal executive offices in Norfolk, Virginia or where such offices may be relocated within a twenty-five (25) mile radius of Norfolk, Virginia (the "Metropolitan Area"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee may be required to travel beyond the Metropolitan Area as may be reasonably required to perform his duties hereunder.

3. COMPENSATION.

(a) Base Salary. The Employee shall be paid a base salary at the rate of $120,000 per year, which shall be paid in approximately equal installments consistent with the Company's payroll policy, as it may exist from time to time ("Base Salary"). Following the first anniversary of the Commencement Date (as defined herein) and for each anniversary thereafter during the Employment Period (as defined herein), Base Salary shall be increased annually by no less than 4% over the immediately preceding year's Base Salary.

(b) Management Bonus Program. The performance of the business shall be reviewed at the end of each operating year and compared to such goals as are set forth in the business plan for that year as developed and presented by the Operating Member of the Company and approved by its Management Committee (the "Business Plan"). If the results of operations for the year achieve the net profitability goals for the year specified in the approved


Business Plan and Employee's contribution to such performance results are satisfactory as determined in the sole discretion of the Management Committee, a bonus equal to no less than thirty-three percent (33%) of the Employee's Base Salary shall be paid to him (the "Bonus"). If the results of operations for the year exceed the net profitability goals of the approved Business Plan, the amount of the Employee's Bonus may be increased in recognition of the degree to which performance exceeded such goals, and the Employee's contribution to such superior performance results as determined in the sole discretion of the Management Committee. If the results of operations for the year fail to achieve such net profitability goals, the amount (if any) of the Employee's Bonus shall be within the absolute discretion of the Management Committee.

(c) Benefits. The Employee shall be entitled to a benefits package consisting of: (i) four (4) weeks paid annual vacation and (ii) such other employee benefits programs as may be offered by the Company to other employees, provided that he shall not be entitled to participate in any incentive bonus program adopted for non-management level employees during the time the Management Bonus Program is in effect. In addition, the Company shall reimburse Employee for reasonable business expenses incurred by Employee upon appropriate documentation and in accordance with Company policies for senior executives, as they may exist from time to time. The Company shall reimburse Employee for his reasonable legal fees incurred with respect to the preparation of this Agreement; provided, that, such reimbursement shall not exceed $1,000.

(d) Warrants. The Employee was granted warrants to acquire equity interests in the Company in accordance with the terms set forth in Exhibit A to the Employment Agreement between the Employee and the Company dated March 31, 1999.

4. TERM.

The period of employment of Employee by the Company hereunder (the "Employment Period") shall commence on the date hereof (the "Commencement Date") and shall continue through the third anniversary thereof; provided, that, commencing on the third anniversary of the Commencement Date and each anniversary thereafter, the Employment Period shall be automatically extended for one (1) additional year unless either party shall notify the other party at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the Employment Period that it intends to let the Agreement expire. The Employment Period may be sooner terminated by either party in accordance with Section 5 of this Agreement.

In an event of a Change of Control, the period of employment shall be automatically extended by 24 months from the date of the event.

For purposes of this Agreement, a Change in Control shall mean a reorganization or recapitalization of the Company, whether by merger, sale of substantially all of its assets except in the ordinary course of business, share exchange or sale, or other form or structure of transaction which when given effect will result in Angelo, Gordon & Co., L.P. and its affiliates ceasing to hold at least a majority of the outstanding Units. In the event of an impending Change in Control, the Company shall provide Employee as much advance notice as administratively possible prior to such Change in Control.

2

5. TERMINATION.

Employee's employment hereunder maybe terminated during the Employment Period under the following circumstances:

(a) Death. Employee's employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.

(b) Disability. If, as a result of Employee's incapacity due to physical or mental illness, Employee shall have been substantially unable to perform his duties hereunder for an entire period of six (6) consecutive months or nine (9) months in any twelve (12) month period, and within thirty (30) days after written Notice of Termination is given after such period, Employee shall not have returned to the substantial performance of his duties on a full-time basis, the Company shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment hereunder for "Disability", and such termination in and of itself shall not be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.

(c) Cause. The Company shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment for Cause, and such termination in and of itself shall not be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall have "Cause" to terminate Employee's employment upon Employee's:

(i) conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony; or

(ii) willful and continued failure to use reasonable best efforts to substantially perform his duties hereunder (other than such failure resulting from Employee's incapacity due to physical or mental illness or subsequent to the issuance of a Notice of Termination by Employee for Good Reason) or to obey the lawful written directives of the Management Committee or the President after demand for substantial performance is delivered by the Company in writing that specifically identifies the manner in which the Company believes Employee has not used reasonable best efforts to substantially perform his duties; or

(iii) willful misconduct (including, but not limited to, a willful breach of the provisions of Section 9) that is economically injurious to the Company or to any entity in control of, controlled by or under common control with the Company ("Affiliates").

(d) Good Reason. Employee may terminate his employment for "Good Reason" within thirty (30) days after Employee has actual knowledge of the occurrence, without the written consent of Employee, of one of the following events that has not been cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof has been given by Employee to the Company:

(i) the relocation of the Company's principal executive offices or Employee's own office location to a location beyond the Metropolitan Area; or

(ii) the Company's failure to provide any material payments due to be provided to Employee.

3

Employee's right to terminate his employment hereunder for Good Reason shall not be affected by his incapacity due to physical or mental illness. Employee's continued employment during the thirty (30) day period referred to above in this paragraph (d) shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any act or failure to act constituting Good Reason hereunder.

(e) Without Cause. The Management Committee or the President shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment hereunder without Cause by providing Employee with a Notice of Termination, and such termination shall not in and of itself be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.

(f) Without Good Reason. Employee shall have the right to terminate his employment hereunder without Good Reason by providing the Company with a Notice of Termination, and such termination shall not in and of itself be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.

(g) Expiration of the Term. Unless the Company and the Employee agree to continue the employment on an at will basis pending negotiation of a new employment agreement, Employee's employment shall terminate upon the expiration of the Employment Period and such expiration shall not be deemed to be a termination by the Management Committee or the President without Cause.

6. TERMINATION PROCEDURE.

(a) Notice of Termination. Any termination of Employee's employment by the Company or by Employee during the Employment Period (other than termination pursuant to Section 5(a)) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 12. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Employee's employment under the provision so indicated.

(b) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination" shall mean (i) if Employee's employment is terminated by his death, the date of his death, (ii) if Employee's employment is terminated pursuant to Section 5(b), thirty (30) days after Notice of Termination (provided that Employee shall not have returned to the substantial performance of his duties on a full-time basis during such thirty (30) day period), (iii) if Employee's employment is terminated pursuant to Section 5(g), the date of expiration, and (iv) if Employee's employment is terminated for any other reason, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given or any later date (within thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice) set forth in such Notice of Termination.

7. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION OR DURING DISABILITY.

In the event Employee is disabled or his employment terminates during the Employment Period, the Company shall provide Employee with the payments and benefits set forth below. Employee acknowledges and agrees that the payments set forth in this Section 7 constitute liquidated damages for any claim of breach of contract under this Agreement as it relates to termination of his employment during the Employment Period. In order to receive any

4

of the payments set forth below, prior to the payments of such amounts, Employee shall execute and agree to be bound by an agreement relating to the waiver and general release of any and all claims (other than claims for the compensation and benefits payable under Section 7 hereof) arising out of or relating to Employee's employment and termination of employment (the "Release"). Such Release must be made in a form that is reasonably satisfactory to the Company, and shall run in favor of the Company and its affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns.

(a) Termination by Management Committee without Cause or by any individual (other than Steven D. Fredrickson) serving as President without Cause. If Employee's employment is terminated by the Management Committee without Cause or by any individual (other than Steven D. Fredrickson) serving as President without Cause:

(i) the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination, (B) a lump-sum payment equal to two (2) times Employee's then current Base Salary and (C) a lump-sum payment equal to two (2) times the amount of the Bonus, if any, paid to Employee in the year immediately prior to the year of termination. Such payment under clauses (B) and (C) hereof shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the Date of Termination and execution of a valid Release, but in no event more than forty-five (45) days following the execution of such Release; and

(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.

(b) Termination by Steven D. Fredrickson if serving as the President without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason. If Employee's employment is terminated by Steven D. Fredrickson if serving as the President without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason:

(i) the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination, (B) a lump-sum payment equal to one (1) times Employee's then current Base Salary and (C) a lump-sum payment equal to one (1) times the amount of the Bonus, if any, paid to Employee in the year immediately prior to the year of termination. Such payment under clauses (B) and (C) hereof shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the Date of Termination and execution of a valid Release, but in no event more than forty-five (45) days following the execution of such Release; and

(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.

(c) Cause by Employee without Good Reason or upon Expiration of the Employment Period. If Employee's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or by Employee (other than for Good Reason) or upon expiration of the Employment Period:

5

(i) the Company shall pay Employee his Base Salary and, to the extent required by law or the Company's vacation policy, his accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination; provided, that, if the Employee's termination of employment occurs do to an expiration of the Employment Period initiated by a notice provided to Employee by the Company under
Section 4 of the Agreement, notwithstanding the foregoing and in lieu thereof, the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination, (B) a lump-sum payment equal to one-half (0.5) times Employee's then current Base Salary and (C) a lump-sum payment equal to one-half (0.5) times the amount of the Bonus, if any, paid to Employee in the year immediately prior to the year of termination. Such payment under clauses (B) and (C) hereof shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the Date of Termination and execution of a valid Release, but in no event more than forty-five (45) days following the execution of such Release; and

(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.

(d) Disability. During any period that Employee fails to perform his duties hereunder as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness ("Disability Period"), Employee shall continue to receive his full Base Salary set forth in Section 3(a) until his employment is terminated pursuant to Section
5(b); provided, that, any such amounts shall be off-set, on a dollar for dollar basis, for each dollar Employee receives by any disability insurance or social security benefit. In the event Employee's employment is terminated for Disability pursuant to Section 5(b):

(i) the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, off-set, on a dollar for dollar basis, for each dollar Employee receives by any disability insurance or social security benefit, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination and (B) a Bonus, for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, pro-rated to the Date of Termination and payable at the same time as bonuses are customarily paid; and

(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.

(e) Death. If Employee's employment is terminated by his death:

(i) the Company shall pay in a lump sum to Employee's beneficiary, legal representatives or estate, as the case may be, Employee's (A) Base Salary through the Date of Termination and (B) Bonus, for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, pro-rated to the Date of Termination and payable at the same time as bonuses are customarily paid; and

(ii) Employee's beneficiary, legal representatives or estate, as the case may be,

6

shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and benefits as may be due to any such persons or estate in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.

8. MITIGATION.

Except as otherwise noted above, Employee shall not be required to mitigate amounts payable under this Agreement by seeking other employment, and there shall be no offset against amounts due Employee under this Agreement on account of subsequent employment except as specifically provided herein.

9. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS; NON-COMPETITION.

(a) Confidential Information. Employee shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all trade secrets and confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company and its businesses and investments, which shall have been obtained by Employee during Employee's employment by the Company and which is not generally available public knowledge (other than by acts by Employee in violation of this Agreement). Except as may be required or appropriate in connection with his carrying out his duties under this Agreement, Employee shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company or as may otherwise be required by law or any legal process, or as is necessary in connection with any adversarial proceeding against the Company (in which case Employee shall use his reasonable best efforts in cooperating with the Company in obtaining a protective order against disclosure by a court of competent jurisdiction), communicate or divulge any such trade secrets, information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and those designated by the Company or on behalf of the Company in the furtherance of its business or to perform duties hereunder.

(b) Removal of Documents; Rights to Products. All records, files, drawings, documents, models, equipment, and the like relating to the Company's business, which Employee has control over shall not be removed from the Company's premises without its written consent, unless such removal is in the furtherance of the Company's business or is in connection with Employee's carrying out his duties under this Agreement and, if so removed, shall be returned to the Company promptly after termination of Employee's employment hereunder, or otherwise promptly after removal if such removal occurs following termination of employment. Employee shall assign to the Company all rights to trade secrets and other products relating to the Company's business developed by him alone or in conjunction with others at any time while employed by the Company.

(c) Nonsolicitation. During the Employment Period and for two (2) years after Employee's employment is terminated for any reason, Employee will not, directly or indirectly, solicit the customers, suppliers or key employees of the Company to terminate their relationship with the Company (or to modify such relationship in a manner that is adverse to the interests of the Company), or to violate any valid contracts they may have with the Company.

(d) Noncompetition. During the Employment Period and for one (1) year after Employee's employment is terminated for any reason (other than pursuant to Section 5(d),

7

by the Management Committee under Section 5(e), and by any individual (other than Steven D. Fredrickson) serving as President under Section 5(e)), Employee will not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, control, be employed by, or perform services for any business, howsoever organized and in whatsoever form, that engages in the same or a similar line of business as the Company, as determined from its latest Business Plan, and which is located in the market area of the Company existing on the date of termination of Employee's employment with Company.

(e) Blue Pencil. If, at any time, the provisions of this Section 9 shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, by reason of being vague or unreasonable as to area, duration or scope of activity, this Section 9 shall be considered divisible and shall become and be immediately amended to only such area, duration and scope of activity as shall be determined to be reasonable and enforceable by the court or other body having jurisdiction over the matter and Employee agrees that this Section 9 as so amended shall be valid and binding as though any invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included herein.

(f) Injunctive Relief. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 9, Employee agrees that the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief in a court of appropriate jurisdiction to remedy any such breach or threatened breach, Employee acknowledging that damages would be inadequate and insufficient.

(g) Continuing Operation. Except as specifically provided in this
Section 9, the termination of Employee's employment or of this Agreement shall have no effect on the continuing operation of this Section 9.

10. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY.

The limitation of liability and indemnity provisions of Section 3.8(b)(c) and (d) of the LLC Agreement are a contractual benefit to the Employee and are a material consideration for his employment.

11. GOVERNING LAW; LEGAL FEES AND EXPENSES.

This Agreement, the employment relationship contemplated herein and any claim arising from such relationship, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflicts of laws rules. If any contest or dispute shall arise between the Company and Employee regarding the provisions of this Agreement, each party shall be responsible for the payment of its own legal fees and expenses relating to such claim or dispute regardless of outcome.

12. NOTICES.

All notices hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail with adequate postage affixed, as follows:

8

If to the Company, to:

Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C.
c/o Angelo, Gordon & Co., L.P.
245 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10067

Attn: David Roberts

If to the Employee, to:

Kevin P. Stevenson
2364 Ken Drive
Virginia Beach, VA 23454

13. LLC AGREEMENT.

The term "LLC Agreement" as used herein shall mean the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company dated as of the date hereof. All capitalized terms appearing in the text of this Agreement shall have the same meanings as they have in the LLC Agreement to the extent not defined herein.

14. SUCCESSORS; BINDING AGREEMENT.

(a) Company's Successors. The Company may assign or transfer this Agreement; provided, that, the Company will require any successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such assignment or transfer had taken place.

(b) Employee's Successors. No rights or obligations of Employee under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by Employee other than his rights to payments or benefits hereunder, which may be transferred only by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Upon Employee's death, this Agreement and all rights of Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Employee's beneficiary or beneficiaries, personal or legal representative, or estate, to the extent any such person succeeds to Employee's interests under this Agreement. Employee shall be entitled to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any benefit or compensation payable hereunder following Employee's death by giving the Company written notice thereof. In the event of Employee's death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in this Agreement to Employee shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to his beneficiar(y)(ies), estate or other legal representative(s). If Employee should die following his Date of Termination while any amounts would still be payable to him hereunder if he had continued to live, all such amounts unless otherwise provided herein shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to such person or persons so appointed in writing by Employee, or otherwise to his legal representatives or estate.

9

15. MISCELLANEOUS.

No provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified, or waived unless such amendment or modification is agreed to in writing signed by Employee and by a duly authorized officer of the Company, and such waiver is set forth in writing and signed by the party to be charged. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement. The respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall survive Employee's termination of employment and the termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary for the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.

16. VALIDITY.

The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

17. COUNTERPARTS.

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

18. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by any officer, employee or representative of any party hereto in respect of such subject matter. Any prior agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein is hereby terminated and cancelled.

19. WITHHOLDING.

All payments hereunder shall be subject to any required withholding of Federal, state and local taxes pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

10

20. SECTION HEADINGS.

The section headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and they form no part of this Agreement and shall not affect its interpretation.

"COMPANY":

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.

By:  /s/ JOSHUA BRAIN
   -----------------------------------
   Name:  Joshua Brain
   Title: Capital Manager

"EMPLOYEE":

By:  /s/ KEVIN P. STEVENSON
   -----------------------------------
   Kevin P. Stevenson

11

EXHIBIT 10.9

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is made this 1st day of January, 2002, between Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company with its principal place of business in the City of Norfolk, Virginia ("Company") and Craig A. Grube ("Employee").

IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants contained herein and for other considerations the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

The Company hereby hires Employee as a Senior Vice President. Subject to the LLC Agreement (as defined herein), he shall be vested with such authority and responsibilities as may be conferred upon him by the Management Committee of the Company (the "Management Committee") and the President of the Company (the "President") and which are appropriate and customary to his office. He shall report to and act under the direction of the President. The Employee accepts such employment and agrees to diligently and faithfully exercise the authority and discharge the responsibility of his office to the best of his ability, devoting substantially all of his business time, attention, and services to the affairs of the Company. Except with the consent of the Management Committee, the Employee shall not engage in any other pursuits for compensation while serving as an officer of the Company.

2. PLACE OF PERFORMANCE.

The principal place of employment of Employee shall be at the Company's principal executive offices in Norfolk, Virginia or where such offices may be relocated within a twenty-five (25) mile radius of Norfolk, Virginia (the "Metropolitan Area"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee may be required to travel beyond the Metropolitan Area as may be reasonably required to perform his duties hereunder.

3. COMPENSATION.

(a) Base Salary. The Employee shall be paid a base salary at the rate of $120,000 per year, which shall be paid in approximately equal installments consistent with the Company's payroll policy, as it may exist from time to time ("Base Salary"). Following the first anniversary of the Commencement Date (as defined herein) and for each anniversary thereafter during the Employment Period (as defined herein), Base Salary shall be increased annually by no less than 4% over the immediately preceding year's Base Salary.

(b) Management Bonus Program. The performance of the business shall be reviewed at the end of each operating year and compared to such goals as are set forth in the business plan for that year as developed and presented by the Operating Member of the Company and approved by its Management Committee (the "Business Plan"). If the results of operations for the year achieve the net profitability goals for the year specified in the approved


Business Plan and Employee's contribution to such performance results are satisfactory as determined in the sole discretion of the Management Committee, a bonus equal to no less than thirty-three percent (33%) of the Employee's Base Salary shall be paid to him (the "Bonus"). If the results of operations for the year exceed the net profitability goals of the approved Business Plan, the amount of the Employee's Bonus may be increased in recognition of the degree to which performance exceeded such goals, and the Employee's contribution to such superior performance results as determined in the sole discretion of the Management Committee. If the results of operations for the year fail to achieve such net profitability goals, the amount (if any) of the Employee's Bonus shall be within the absolute discretion of the Management Committee.

(c) Benefits. The Employee shall be entitled to a benefits package consisting of: (i) four (4) weeks paid annual vacation and (ii) such other employee benefits programs as may be offered by the Company to other employees, provided that he shall not be entitled to participate in any incentive bonus program adopted for non-management level employees during the time the Management Bonus Program is in effect. In addition, the Company shall reimburse Employee for reasonable business expenses incurred by Employee upon appropriate documentation and in accordance with Company policies for senior executives, as they may exist from time to time. The Company shall reimburse Employee for his reasonable legal fees incurred with respect to the preparation of this Agreement; provided, that, such reimbursement shall not exceed $1,000.

(d) Warrants. The Employee was granted warrants to acquire equity interests in the Company in accordance with the terms set forth in Exhibit A to the Employment Agreement between the Employee and the Company dated March 31, 1999.

4. TERM.

The period of employment of Employee by the Company hereunder (the "Employment Period") shall commence on the date thereof (the "Commencement Date") and shall continue through the third anniversary thereof; provided, that, commencing on the third anniversary of the Commencement Date and each anniversary thereafter, the Employment Period shall be automatically extended for one (1) additional year unless either party shall notify the other party at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the Employment Period that it intends to let the Agreement expire. The Employment Period may be sooner terminated by either party in accordance with Section 5 of this Agreement.

In an event of a Change of Control, the period of employment shall be automatically extended by 24 months from the date of the event.

For purposes of this Agreement, a Change in Control shall mean a reorganization or recapitalization of the Company, whether by merger, sale of substantially all of its assets except in the ordinary course of business, share exchange or sale, or other form or structure of transaction which when given effect will result in Angelo, Gordon & Co., L.P. and its affiliates ceasing to hold at least a majority of the outstanding Units. In the event of an impending Change in Control, the Company shall provide Employee as much advance notice as administratively possible prior to such Change in Control.

2

5. TERMINATION.

Employee's employment hereunder may be terminated during the Employment Period under the following circumstances:

(a) Death. Employee's employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.

(b) Disability. If, as a result of Employee's incapacity due to physical or mental illness, Employee shall have been substantially unable to perform his duties hereunder for an entire period of six (6) consecutive months or nine (9) months in any twelve (12) month period, and within thirty (30) days after written Notice of Termination is given after such period, Employee shall not have returned to the substantial performance of his duties on a full-time basis, the Company shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment hereunder for "Disability", and such termination in and of itself shall not be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.

(c) Cause. The Company shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment for Cause, and such termination in and of itself shall not be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall have "Cause" to terminate Employee's employment upon Employee's:

(i) conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony; or

(ii) willful and continued failure to use reasonable best efforts to substantially perform his duties hereunder (other than such failure resulting from Employee's incapacity due to physical or mental illness or subsequent to the issuance of a Notice of Termination by Employee for Good Reason) or to obey the lawful written directives of the Management Committee or the President after demand for substantial performance is delivered by the Company in writing that specifically identifies the manner in which the Company believes Employee has not used reasonable best efforts to substantially perform his duties; or

(iii) willful misconduct (including, but not limited to, a willful breach of the provisions of Section 9) that is economically injurious to the Company or to any entity in control of, controlled by or under common control with the Company ("Affiliates").

(d) Good Reason. Employee may terminate his employment for "Good Reason" within thirty (30) days after Employee has actual knowledge of the occurrence, without the written consent of Employee, of one of the following events that has not been cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof has been given by Employee to the Company:

(i) the relocation of the Company's principal executive offices or Employee's own office location to a location beyond the Metropolitan Area; or

(ii) the Company's failure to provide any material payments due to be provided to Employee.

3

Employee's right to terminate his employment hereunder for Good Reason shall not be affected by his incapacity due to physical or mental illness. Employee's continued employment during the thirty (30) day period referred to above in this paragraph (d) shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any act or failure to act constituting Good Reason hereunder.

(e) Without Cause. The Management Committee or the President shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment hereunder without Cause by providing Employee with a Notice of Termination, and such termination shall not in and of itself be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.

(f) Without Good Reason. Employee shall have the right to terminate his employment hereunder without Good Reason by providing the Company with a Notice of Termination, and such termination shall not in and of itself be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.

(g) Expiration of the Term. Unless the Company and the Employee agree to continue the employment on an at will basis pending negotiation of a new employment agreement, Employee's employment shall terminate upon the expiration of the Employment Period and such expiration shall not be deemed to be a termination by the Management Committee or the President without Cause.

6. TERMINATION PROCEDURE.

(a) Notice of Termination. Any termination of Employee's employment by the Company or by Employee during the Employment Period (other than termination pursuant to Section 5(a)) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 12. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Employee's employment under the provision so indicated.

(b) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination" shall mean (i) if Employee's employment is terminated by his death, the date of his death, (ii) if Employee's employment is terminated pursuant to Section 5(b), thirty (30) days after Notice of Termination (provided that Employee shall not have returned to the substantial performance of his duties on a full-time basis during such thirty (30) day period), (iii) if Employee's employment is terminated pursuant to Section 5(g), the date of expiration, and (iv) if Employee's employment is terminated for any other reason, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given or any later date (within thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice) set forth in such Notice of Termination.

7. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION OR DURING DISABILITY.

In the event Employee is disabled or his employment terminates during the Employment Period, the Company shall provide Employee with the payments and benefits set forth below. Employee acknowledges and agrees that the payments set forth in this Section 7 constitute liquidated damages for any claim of breach of contract under this Agreement as it relates to termination of his employment during the Employment Period. In order to receive any

4

of the payments set forth below, prior to the payments of such amounts, Employee shall execute and agree to be bound by an agreement relating to the waiver and general release of any and all claims (other than claims for the compensation and benefits payable under Section 7 hereof) arising out of or relating to Employee's employment and termination of employment (the "Release"). Such Release must be made in a form that is reasonably satisfactory to the Company, and shall run in favor of the Company and its affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns.

(a) Termination by Management Committee without Cause or by any individual (other than Steven D. Fredrickson) serving as President without Cause. If Employee's employment is terminated by the Management Committee without Cause or by any individual (other than Steven D. Fredrickson) serving as President without Cause:

(i) the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination, (B) a lump-sum payment equal to two (2) times Employee's then current Base Salary and (C) a lump-sum payment equal to two (2) times the amount of the Bonus, if any, paid to Employee in the year immediately prior to the year of termination. Such payment under clauses (B) and (C) hereof shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the Date of Termination and execution of a valid Release, but in no event more than forty-five (45) days following the execution of such Release; and

(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.

(b) Termination by Steven D. Fredrickson if serving as the President without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason. If Employee's employment is terminated by Steven D. Fredrickson if serving as the President without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason:

(i) the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination, (B) a lump-sum payment equal to one (1) times Employee's then current Base salary and (C) a lump-sum payment equal to one (1) times the amount of the Bonus, if any, paid to Employee in the year immediately prior to the year of termination. Such payment under clauses (B) and (C) hereof shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the Date of Termination and execution of a valid Release, but in no event more than forty-five (45) days following the execution of such Release; and

(ii) Employee shaft be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.

(c) Cause, by Employee without Good Reason or upon Expiration of the Employment Period. If Employee's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or by Employee (other than for Good Reason) or upon expiration of the Employment Period:

5

(i) the Company shall pay Employee his Base Salary and, to the extent required by law or the Company's vacation policy, his accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination; provided, that, if the Employee's termination of employment occurs due to an expiration of the Employment Period initiated by a notice provided to Employee by the Company under
Section 4 of the Agreement, notwithstanding the foregoing and in lieu thereof, the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination, (B) a lump-sum payment equal to one-half(0.5) times Employee's then current Base Salary and
(C) a lump-sum payment equal to one-half (0.5) times the amount of the Bonus, if any, paid to Employee in the year immediately prior to the year of termination. Such payment under clauses (B) and (C) hereof shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the Date of Termination and execution of a valid Release, but in no event more than forty-five (45) days following execution of such Release; and

(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.

(d) Disability. During any period that Employee fails to perform his duties hereunder as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness ("Disability Period"), Employee shall continue to receive his full Base Salary set forth in Section 3(a) until his employment is terminated pursuant to
Section 5(b); Provided, that, any such amounts shall be off-set, on a dollar for dollar basis, for each dollar Employee received by any disability issuance or social security benefit. In the event Employee's employment is terminated for Disability pursuant to Section 5(b):

(i) the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, off-set, on a dollar for dollar basis, for each dollar Employee receives by any disability insurance or social security benefit, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination and (B) a Bonus, for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, pro-rated to the Date of Termination and payable at the same time as bonuses are customarily paid; and

(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.

(e) Death. If Employee's employment is terminated by his death:

(i) the Company shall pay in a lump sum to Employee's beneficiary, legal representatives or estate, as the case may be, Employee's (A) Base Salary through the Date of Termination and (B) Bonus, for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, pro-rated to the Date OF Termination and payable at the same time as bonuses are customarily paid; and

(ii) Employee's beneficiary, legal representatives or estate, as the case may be,

6

shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and benefits as may be due to any such persons or estate in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.

8. MITIGATION.

Except as otherwise noted above, Employee shall not be required to mitigate amounts payable under this Agreement by seeking other employment, and there shall be no offset against amounts due Employee under this Agreement on account of subsequent employment except as specifically provided herein.

9. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS; NON-COMPETITION.

(a) Confidential Information. Employee shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all trade secrets and confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company and its businesses and investments, which shall have been obtained by Employee during Employee's employment by the Company and which is not generally available public knowledge (other than by acts by Employee in violation of this Agreement). Except as may be required or appropriate in connection with his carrying out his duties under this Agreement, Employee shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company or as may otherwise be required by law or any legal process, or as is necessary in connection with any adversarial proceeding against the Company (in which case Employee shall use his reasonable best efforts in cooperating with the Company in obtaining a protective order against disclosure by a court of competent jurisdiction), communicate or divulge any such trade secrets, information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and those designated by the Company or on behalf of the Company in the furtherance of its business or to perform duties hereunder.

(b) Removal of Documents; Rights to Products. All records, files, drawings, documents, models, equipment, and the like relating to the Company's business, which Employee has control over shall not be removed from the Company's premises without its written consent, unless such removal is in the furtherance of the Company's business or is in connection with Employee's carrying out his duties under this Agreement and, if so removed, shall be returned to the Company promptly after termination of Employee's employment hereunder, or otherwise promptly after removal if such removal occurs following termination of employment. Employee shall assign to the Company all rights to trade secrets and other products relating to the Company's business developed by him alone or in conjunction with others at any time while employed by the Company.

(c) Nonsolicitation. During the Employment Period and for two
(2) years after Employee's employment is terminated for any reason, Employee will not, directly or indirectly, solicit the customers, suppliers or key employees of the Company to terminate their relationship with the Company (or to modify such relationship in a manner that is adverse to the interests of the Company), or to violate any valid contracts they may have with the Company.

(d) Noncompetition. During the Employment Period and for one (1) year after Employee's employment is terminated for any reason (other than pursuant to Section 5(d),

7

by the Management Committee under Section 5(e), and by any individual serving as President under Section 5(e)), Employee will not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, control, be employed by, or perform services for any business, howsoever organized and in whatsoever form, that engages in the same or a similar line of business as the Company, as determined from its latest Business Plan, and which is located in the market area of the Company existing on the date of termination of Employee's employment with Company.

(e) Blue Pencil. If, at any time, the provisions of this
Section 9 shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, by reason of being vague or unreasonable as to area, duration or scope of activity, this Section 9 shall be considered divisible and shall become and be immediately amended to only such area, duration and scope of activity as shall be determined to be reasonable and enforceable by the court or other body having jurisdiction over the matter and Employee agrees that this Section 9 as so amended shall be valid and binding as though any invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included herein.

(f) Injunctive Relief. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 9, Employee agrees that the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief in a court of appropriate jurisdiction to remedy any such breach or threatened breach, Employee acknowledging that damages would be inadequate and insufficient.

(g) Continuing Operation. Except as specifically provided in this Section 9, the termination of Employee's employment or of this Agreement shall have no effect on the continuing operation of this Section 9.

10. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY.

The limitation of liability and indemnity provisions of
Section 3.8(b)(c) and (d) of the LLC Agreement are a contractual benefit to the Employee and are a material consideration for his employment.

11. GOVERNING LAW; LEGAL FEES AND EXPENSES.

This Agreement, the employment relationship contemplated herein and any claim arising from such relationship, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflicts of laws rules. If any contest or dispute shall arise between the Company and Employee regarding the provisions of this Agreement, each party shall be responsible for the payment of its own legal fees and expenses relating to such claim or dispute regardless of outcome.

12. NOTICES.

All notices hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail with adequate postage affixed, as follows:

8

If to the Company, to:

Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C.
c/o Angelo, Gordon & Co., L.P.
245 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10067

Attn: David Roberts

If to the Employee, to:

Craig A. Grube
3304 Ulverston Quay
Virginia Beach, VA 23452

13. LLC AGREEMENT.

The term "LLC Agreement" as used herein shall mean the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company dated as of the date hereof. All capitalized terms appearing in the text of this Agreement shall have the same meanings as they have in the LLC Agreement to the extent not defined herein.

14. SUCCESSORS; BINDING AGREEMENT.

(a) Company's Successors. The Company may assign or transfer this Agreement; provided, that, the Company will require any successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such assignment or transfer had taken place.

(b) Employee's Successors. No rights or obligations of Employee under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by Employee other than his rights to payments or benefits hereunder, which may be transferred only by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Upon Employee's death, this Agreement and all rights of Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Employee's beneficiary or beneficiaries, personal or legal representative, or estate, to the extent any such person succeeds to Employee's interests under this Agreement. Employee shall be entitled to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any benefit or compensation payable hereunder following Employee's death by giving the Company written notice thereof. In the event of Employee's death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in this Agreement to Employee shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to his beneficiar(y)(ies), estate or other legal representative(s). If Employee should die following his Date of Termination while any amounts would still be payable to him hereunder if he had continued to live, all such amounts unless otherwise provided herein shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to such person or persons so appointed in writing by Employee, or otherwise to his legal representatives or estate.

9

15. MISCELLANEOUS.

No provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified, or waived unless such amendment or modification is agreed to in writing signed by Employee and by a duly authorized officer of the Company, and such waiver is set forth in writing and signed by the party to be charged. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of any condition or provision of this agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement. The respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall survive Employee's termination of employment and the termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary for the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.

16. VALIDITY.

The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

17. COUNTERPARTS.

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

18. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by any officer, employee or representative of any party hereto in respect of such subject matter. Any prior agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein is hereby terminated and cancelled.

19. WITHHOLDING.

All payments hereunder shall be subject to any required withholding of Federal, state and local taxes pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

10

20. SECTION HEADINGS.

The section headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and they form no part of this Agreement and shall not affect its interpretation.

"Company":

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.

By: /s/ Josh Brain
   --------------------------------------
   Name:  Josh Brain
   Title: Capital Manager

"Employee":

By: /s/ Craig A. Grube
   --------------------------------------
   Craig A. Grube

11

EXHIBIT 10.10

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is made this 1st day of January, 2002, between Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company with its principal place of business in the City of Norfolk, Virginia ("Company") and Andrew Holmes ("Employee").

IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants contained herein and for other considerations the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

The Company hereby hires Employee as a Senior Vice President. Subject to the LLC Agreement (as defined herein), he shall be vested with such authority and responsibilities as may be conferred upon him by the Management Committee of the Company (the "Management Committee") and the President of the Company (The "President") and which are appropriate and customary to his office. He shall report to and act under the direction of the President and Senior Vice President Sales and Marketing. The Employee accepts such employment and agrees to diligently and faithfully exercise the authority and discharge the responsibility of his office to the best of his ability, devoting substantially all of his business time, attention, and services to the affairs of the Company. Except with the consent of the Management Committee, the Employee shall not engage in any other pursuits for compensation while serving as an officer of the Company.

2. PLACE OF PERFORMANCE.

The principal place of employment of Employee shall be at the Company's principal executive offices in Norfolk, Virginia or where such offices may be relocated within a twenty-five (25) mile radius of Norfolk, Virginia (the "Metropolitan Area"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee may be required to travel beyond the Metropolitan Area as may be reasonably required to perform his duties hereunder.

3. COMPENSATION.

(a) Base Salary. The Employee shall be paid a base salary at the rate of $94,640 per year, which shall be paid in approximately equal installments consistent with the Company's payroll policy, as it may exist from time to time ("Base Salary").

(b) Management Bonus Program. The performance of the business shall be reviewed at the end of each operating year and compared to such goals as are set forth in the business plan for that year as developed and presented by the Operating Member of the Company and approved by its Management Committee (the "Business Plan"). If the results of operations for the year achieve the net profitability goals for the year specified in the approved Business Plan and Employee's contribution to such performance results are satisfactory as determined in the sole discretion of the Management Committee, a bonus equal to no less than


twenty percent (20%) of the Employee's Base Salary shall be paid to him (the "Bonus"). If the results of operations for the year exceed the net profitability goals of the approved Business Plan, the amount of the Employee's Bonus may be increased in recognition of the degree to which performance exceeded such goals, and the Employee's contribution to such superior performance results as determined in the sole discretion of the Management Committee. If the results of operations for the year fail to achieve such net profitability goals, the amount (if any) of the Employee's Bonus shall be within the absolute discretion of the Management Committee.

(c) Benefits. The Employee shall be entitled to a benefits package consisting of: (i) four (4) weeks paid annual vacation and (ii) such other employee benefits programs as may be offered by the Company to other employees, provided that he shall not be entitled to participate in any incentive bonus program adopted for non-management level employees during the time the Management Bonus Program is in effect. In addition, the Company shall reimburse Employee for reasonable business expenses incurred by Employee upon appropriate documentation and in accordance with Company policies for senior executives, as they may exist from time to time. The Company shall reimburse Employee for his reasonable legal fees incurred with respect to the preparation of this Agreement; provided, that, such reimbursement shall not exceed $1,000.

(d) Warrants. The Employee was granted warrants to acquire equity interests in the Company in accordance with the terms set forth in Exhibit A to the Employment Agreement between the Employee and the Company dated March 31, 1999.

4. TERM.

The period of employment of Employee by the Company hereunder (the "Employment Period") shall commence on the date hereof (the "Commencement Date") and shall continue through the first anniversary thereof; provided, that, commencing on the first anniversary of the Commencement Date and each anniversary thereafter, the Employment Period shall be automatically extended for one (1) additional year unless either party shall notify the other party at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the Employment Period that it intends to let the Agreement expire. The Employment Period may be sooner terminated by either party in accordance with Section 5 of this Agreement.

5. TERMINATION.

Employee's employment hereunder may be terminated during the Employment Period under the following circumstances:

(a) Death. Employee's employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.

(b) Disability. If, as a result of Employee's incapacity due to physical or mental illness, Employee shall have been substantially unable to perform his duties hereunder for an entire period of six (6) consecutive months or nine (9) months in any twelve (12) month period, and within thirty (30) days after written Notice of Termination is given after such period,

2

Employee shall not have returned to the substantial performance of his duties on a full-time basis, the Company shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment hereunder for "Disability", and such termination in and of itself shall not be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.

(c) Cause. The Company shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment for Cause, and such termination in and of itself shall not be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall have "Cause" to terminate Employee's employment upon Employee's:

(i) conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony; or

(ii) willful and continued failure to use reasonable best efforts to substantially perform his duties hereunder (other than such failure resulting from Employee's incapacity due to physical or mental illness or subsequent to the issuance of a Notice of Termination by Employee for Good Reason) or to obey the lawful written directives of the Management Committee or the President after demand for substantial performance is delivered by the Company in writing that specifically identifies the manner in which the Company believes Employee has not used reasonable best efforts to substantially perform his duties; or

(iii) willful misconduct (including, but not limited to, a willful breach of the provisions of Section 9) that is economically injurious to the Company or to any entity in control of, controlled by or under common control with the Company ("Affiliates").

(d) Good Reason. Employee may terminate his employment for "Good Reason" within thirty (30) days after Employee has actual knowledge of the occurrence, without the written consent of Employee, of one of the following events that has not been cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof has been given by Employee to the Company:

(i) the relocation of the Company's principal executive offices or Employee's own office location to a location beyond the Metropolitan Area; or

(ii) the Company's failure to provide any material payments due to be provided to Employee.

Employee's right to terminate his employment hereunder for Good Reason shall not be affected by his incapacity due to physical or mental illness. Employee's continued employment during the thirty (30) day period referred to above in this paragraph (d) shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any act or failure to act constituting Good Reason hereunder.

(e) Without Cause. The Management Committee or the President shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment hereunder without Cause by providing Employee with a Notice of Termination, and such termination shall not in and of itself be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.

(f) Without Good Reason. Employee shall have the right to terminate his employment hereunder without Good Reason by providing the Company with a Notice of

3

Termination, and such termination shall not in and of itself be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.

(g) Expiration of the Term. Unless the Company and the Employee agree to continue the employment on an at will basis pending negotiation of a new employment agreement, Employee's employment shall terminate upon the expiration of the Employment Period and such expiration shall not be deemed to be a termination by the Management Committee or the President without Cause.

6. TERMINATION PROCEDURE.

(a) Notice of Termination. Any termination of Employee's employment by the Company or by Employee during the Employment Period (other than termination pursuant to Section 5(a)) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 12. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Employee's employment under the provision so indicated.

(b) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination" shall mean (i) if Employee's employment is terminated by his death, the date of his death, (ii) if Employee's employment is terminated pursuant to Section 5(b), thirty (30) days after Notice of Termination (provided that Employee shall not have returned to the substantial performance of his duties on a full-time basis during such thirty (30) day period), (iii) if Employee's employment is terminated pursuant to Section 5(g), the date of expiration, and (iv) if Employee's employment is terminated for any other reason, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given or any later date (within thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice) set forth in such Notice of Termination.

7. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION OR DURING DISABILITY.

In the event Employee is disabled or his employment terminates during the Employment Period, the Company shall provide Employee with the payments and benefits set forth below. Employee acknowledges and agrees that the payments set forth in this Section 7 constitute liquidated damages for any claim of breach of contract under this Agreement as it relates to termination of his employment during the Employment Period. In order to receive any of the payments sot forth below, prior to the payments of such amounts, Employee shall execute and agree to be bound by an agreement relating to the waiver and general release of any and all claims (other than claims for the compensation and benefits payable under Section 7 hereof) arising out of or relating to Employee's employment and termination of employment (the "Release"). Such Release must be made in a form that is reasonably satisfactory to the Company, and shall run in favor of the Company and its affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns.

(a) Termination by Management Committee without Cause or by any individual (other than Steven D. Fredrickson) serving as President without Cause. If Employee's employment is terminated by the Management Committee without Cause or by any individual (other than Steven D. Fredrickson) serving as President without Cause:

4

(i) the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination, (B) a lump-sum payment equal to the Employee's then current Base Salary and (C) a lump-sum payment equal to the amount of the Bonus, if any, paid to Employee in the year immediately prior to the year of termination. Such payment under clauses (B) and (C) hereof shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the Date of Termination and execution of a valid Release, but in no event more than forty-five (45) days following the execution of such Release; and

(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.

(b) Termination by Steven P. Fredrickson if serving as the President without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason. If Employee's employment is terminated by Steven D. Fredrickson if serving as the President without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason:

(i) the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination, (B) a lump-sum payment equal to one-half (0.5) times Employee's then current Base Salary and
(C) a lump-sum payment equal to one-half (0.5) times the amount of the Bonus, if any, paid to Employee in the year immediately prior to the year of termination. Such payment under clauses (B) and (C) hereof shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the Date of Termination and execution of a valid Release, but in no event more than forty-five (45) days following the execution of such Release; and

(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.

(c) Cause, by Employee without Good Reason or upon Expiration of the Employment Period. If Employee's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or by Employee (other than for Good Reason) or upon expiration of the Employment Period:

(i) the Company shall pay Employee his Base Salary and, to the extent required by law or the Company's vacation policy, his accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination; provided, that, if the Employee's termination of employment occurs do to an expiration of the Employment Period initiated by a notice provided to Employee by the Company under
Section 4 of the Agreement, notwithstanding the foregoing and in lieu, thereof, the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination, (B) a lump-sum payment equal to one-half (0.5) times Employee's then current Base Salary and
(C) a lump-sum payment equal to one-half (0.5) times the amount of the Bonus, if any, paid to Employee in the year immediately prior to the year of termination. Such payment under clauses (B) and (C) hereof shall be made as soon as administratively

5

feasible following the Date of Termination and execution of a valid Release, but in no event more than forty-five (45) days following the execution of such Release; and

(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.

(d) Disability. During any period that Employee fails to perform his duties hereunder as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness ("Disability Period"), Employee shall continue to receive his full Base Salary set forth in Section 3(a) until his employment is terminated pursuant to
Section 5(b); provided, that, any such amounts shall be off-set, on a dollar for dollar basis, for each dollar Employee receives by any disability insurance or social security benefit. In the event Employee's employment is terminated for Disability pursuant to Section 5(b):

(i) the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, off-set, on a dollar for dollar basis, for each dollar Employee receives by any disability insurance or social security benefit, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination and (B) a Bonus, for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, pro-rated to the Date of Termination and payable at the same time as bonuses are customarily paid; and

(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.

(e) Death. If Employee's employment is terminated by his death:

(i) the Company shall pay in a lump sum to Employee's beneficiary, legal representatives or estate, as the case may be, Employee's (A) Base Salary through the Date of Termination and (B) Bonus, for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, pro-rated to the Date of Termination and payable at the same time as bonuses are customarily paid; and

(ii) Employee's beneficiary, legal representatives or estate, as the case may be, shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and benefits as may be due to any such persons or estate in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.

8. MITIGATION.

Except as otherwise noted above, Employee shall not be required to mitigate amounts payable under this Agreement by seeking other employment, and there shall be no off-set against amounts due Employee under this Agreement on account of subsequent employment except as specifically provided herein.

6

9. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS; NON-COMPETITION.

(a) Confidential Information. Employee shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all trade secrets and confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company and its businesses and investments, which shall have been obtained by Employee during Employee's employment by the Company and which is not generally available public knowledge (other than by acts by Employee in violation of this Agreement). Except as may be required or appropriate in connection with his carrying out his duties under this Agreement, Employee shall not without the prior written consent of the Company or as may otherwise be required by law or any legal process, or as is necessary in connection with any adversarial proceeding against the Company (in which case Employee shall use his reasonable best efforts in cooperating with the Company in obtaining a protective order against disclosure by a court of competent jurisdiction), communicate or divulge any such trade secrets, information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and those designated by the Company or on behalf of the Company in the furtherance of its business or to perform duties hereunder.

(b) Removal of Documents; Rights to Products. All records, files, drawings, documents, models, equipment, and the like relating to the Company's business, which Employee has control over shall not be removed from the Company's premises without its written consent, unless such removal is in the furtherance of the Company's business or is in connection with Employee's carrying out his duties under this Agreement and, if so removed, shall be returned to the Company promptly after termination of Employee's employment hereunder, or otherwise promptly after removal if such removal occurs following termination of employment. Employee shall assign to the Company all rights to trade secrets and other products relating to the Company's business developed by him alone or in conjunction with others at any time while employed by the Company.

(c) Nonsolicitation. During the Employment Period and for two
(2) years after Employee's employment is terminated for any reason, Employee will not, directly or indirectly, solicit the customers, suppliers or key employees of the Company to terminate their relationship with the Company (or to modify such relationship in a manner that is adverse to the interests of the Company), or to violate any valid contracts they may have with the Company.

(d) Noncompetition. During the Employment Period and for one
(1) year after Employee's employment is terminated for any reason (other than pursuant to Section 5(d), by the Management Committee under Section 5(e), and by any individual (other than Steven D. Fredrickson) serving as President under
Section 5(e)), Employee will not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, control, be employed by, or perform services for any business, howsoever organized and in whatsoever form, that engages in the same or a similar line of business as the Company, as determined from its latest Business Plan, and which is located in the market area of the Company existing on the date of termination of Employee's employment with Company.

(e) Blue Pencil. If, at any time, the provisions of this
Section 9 shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, by reason of being vague or unreasonable as to area, duration or scope of activity, this Section 9 shall be considered divisible and shall become and be immediately amended to only such area, duration and scope of activity as shall be determined to be reasonable and enforceable by the court or other body having jurisdiction over the matter and Employee agrees that this Section 9 as so amended shall be valid and binding as though any invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included herein.

7

(f) Injunctive Relief. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 9, Employee agrees that the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief in a court of appropriate jurisdiction to remedy any such breach or threatened breach, Employee acknowledging that damages would be inadequate and insufficient.

(g) Continuing Operation. Except as specifically provided in this Section 9, the termination of Employee's employment or of this Agreement shall have no effect on the continuing operation of this Section 9.

10. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY.

The limitation of liability and indemnity provisions of
Section 3.8(b)(c) and (d) of the LLC Agreement are a contractual benefit to the Employee and are a material consideration for his employment.

11. GOVERNING LAW; LEGAL FEES AND EXPENSES.

This Agreement, the employment relationship contemplated herein and any claim arising from such relationship, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflicts of laws rules. If any contest or dispute shall arise between the Company and Employee regarding the provisions of this Agreement, each party shall be responsible for the payment of its own legal fees and expenses relating to such claim or dispute regardless of outcome.

12. NOTICES.

All notices hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail with adequate postage affixed, as follows:

If to the Company, to:

Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C.

c/o Angelo, Gordon & Co., L.P.
245 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10067
Attn: David Roberts

8

If to the Employee, to:

Andrew Holmes
1105 Winchester Way
Chesapeake, VA 23320

13. LLC AGREEMENT.

The term "LLC Agreement" as used herein shall mean the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company dated as of the date hereof. All capitalized terms appearing in the text of this Agreement shall have the same meanings as they have in the LLC Agreement to the extent not defined herein.

14. SUCCESSORS; BINDING AGREEMENT.

(a) Company's Successors. The Company may assign or transfer this Agreement; provided, that, the Company will require any successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such assignment or transfer had taken place.

(b) Employee's Successors. No rights or obligations of Employee under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by Employee other than his rights to payments or benefits hereunder, which may be transferred only by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Upon Employee's death, this Agreement and all rights of Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Employee's beneficiary or beneficiaries, personal or legal representative, or estate, to the extent any such person succeeds to Employee's interests under this Agreement. Employee shall be entitled to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any benefit or compensation payable hereunder following Employee's death by giving the Company written notice thereof. In the event of Employee's death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in this Agreement to Employee shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to his beneficiar(y)(ies), estate or other legal representative(s). If Employee should die following his Date of Termination while any amounts would still be payable to hint hereunder if he had continued to live, all such amounts unless otherwise provided herein shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to such person or persons so appointed in writing by Employee, or otherwise to his legal representatives or estate.

15. MISCELLANEOUS.

No provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified, or waived unless such amendment or modification is agreed to in writing signed by Employee and by a duly authorized officer of the Company, and such waiver is set forth in writing and signed by the party to be charged. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement. The respective rights and obligations of the parties

9

hereunder shall survive Employee's termination of employment and the termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary for the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.

16. VALIDITY.

The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

17. COUNTERPARTS.

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

18. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by any officer, employee or representative of any party hereto in respect of such subject matter. Any prior agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein is hereby terminated and cancelled.

19. WITHHOLDING.

All payments hereunder shall be subject to any required withholding of Federal, state and local taxes pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

10

20. SECTION HEADINGS.

The section headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and they form no part of this Agreement and shall not affect its interpretation.

"Company":

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.

By:  /s/ JOSH BRAIN
   --------------------------------------
   Name:  Josh Brain
   Title: Corporate Manager

"Employee":

By:  /s/ ANDREW HOLMES
   --------------------------------------
   Andrew Holmes

11

EXHIBIT 10.11

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is made this 1st day of January, 2002, between Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company with its principal place of business in the City of Norfolk, Virginia ("Company") and James L. Keown ("Employee").

IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants contained herein and for other considerations the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

The Company hereby hires Employee as a Senior Vice President. Subject to the LLC Agreement (as defined herein), he shall be vested with such authority and responsibilities as may be conferred upon him by the Management Committee of the Company (the "Management Committee") and the President of the Company (the "President") and which are appropriate and customary to his office. He shall report to and act under the direction of the President. The Employee accepts such employment and agrees to diligently and faithfully exercise the authority and discharge the responsibility of his office to the best of his ability, devoting substantially all of his business time, attention, and services to the affairs of the Company. Except with the consent of the Management Committee, the Employee shall not engage in any other pursuits for compensation while serving as an officer of the Company.

2. PLACE OF PERFORMANCE.

The principal place of employment of Employee shall be at the Company's principal executive offices in Norfolk, Virginia or where such offices may be relocated within a twenty-five (25) mile radius of Norfolk, Virginia (the "Metropolitan Area"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee may be required to travel beyond the Metropolitan Area as may be reasonably required to perform his duties hereunder.

COMPENSATION.

(a) Base Salary. The Employee shall be paid a base salary at the rate of $105,000 per year, which shall be paid in approximately equal installments consistent with the Company's payroll policy, as it may exist from time to time ("Base Salary"). Following the first anniversary of the Commencement Date (as defined herein) and for each anniversary thereafter during the Employment Period (as defined herein), Base Salary shall be increased annually by no less than 4% over the immediately preceding year's Base Salary.

(b) Management Bonus Program. The performance of the business shall be reviewed at the end of each operating year and compared to such goals as are set forth in the business plan for that year as developed and presented by the Operating Member of the Company and approved by its Management Committee (the "Business Plan"). If the results of operations for the year achieve the net profitability goals for the year specified in the approved Business Plan and Employee's contribution to such performance results are satisfactory as


determined in the sole discretion of the Management Committee, a bonus equal to no less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Employee's Base Salary shall be paid to him (the "Bonus"). If the results of operations for the year exceed the net profitability goals of the approved Business Plan, the amount of the Employee's Bonus may be increased in recognition of the degree to which performance exceeded such goals, and the Employee's contribution to such superior performance results as determined in the sole discretion of the Management Committee. If the results of operations for the year fail to achieve such net profitability goals, the amount (if any) of the Employee's Bonus shall be within the absolute discretion of the Management Committee.

(c) Benefits. The Employee shall be entitled to a benefits package consisting of: (i) four (4) weeks paid annual vacation and (ii) such other employee benefits programs as may be offered by the Company to other employees, provided that he shall not be entitled to participate in any incentive bonus program adopted for non-management level employees during the time the Management Bonus Program is in effect. In addition, the Company shall reimburse Employee for reasonable business expenses incurred by Employee upon appropriate documentation and in accordance with Company policies for senior executives, as they may exist from time to time. The Company shall reimburse Employee for his reasonable legal fees incurred with respect to the preparation of this Agreement; provided, that, such reimbursement shall not exceed $1,000.

(d) Warrants. The Employee was granted warrants to acquire equity interests in the Company in accordance with the terms set forth in Exhibit A to the Employment Agreement between the Employee and the Company dated March 31, 1999.

3. TERM.

The period of employment of Employee by the Company hereunder (the "Employment Period") shall commence on the date hereof the ("Commencement Date") and shall continue through the third anniversary thereof; provided, that, commencing on the third anniversary of the Commencement Date and each anniversary thereafter, the Employment Period shall be automatically extended for one (1) additional year unless either party shall notify the other party at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the Employment Period that it intends to let the Agreement expire. The Employment Period may be sooner terminated by either party in accordance with Section 5 of this Agreement.

4. TERMINATION.

Employee's employment hereunder may be terminated during the Employment Period under the following circumstances:

(a) Death. Employee's employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.

(b) Disability. If, as a result of Employee's incapacity due to physical or mental illness, Employee shall have been substantially unable to perform his duties hereunder for

2

an entire period of six (6) consecutive months or nine (9) months in any twelve
(12) month period, and within thirty (30) days after written Notice of Termination is given after such period, Employee shall not have returned to the substantial performance of his duties on a full-time basis, the Company shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment hereunder for "Disability", and such termination in and of itself shall not be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.

(c) Cause. The Company shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment for Cause, and such termination in and of itself shall not be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall have "Cause" to terminate Employee's employment upon Employee's:

(i) conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony; or

(ii) willful and continued failure to use reasonable best efforts to substantially perform his duties hereunder (other than such failure resulting from Employee's incapacity due to physical or mental illness or subsequent to the issuance of a Notice of Termination by Employee for Good Reason) or to obey the lawful written directives of the Management Committee or the President after demand for substantial performance is delivered by the Company in writing that specifically identifies the manner in which the Company believes Employee has not used reasonable best efforts to substantially perform his duties; or

(iii) willful misconduct (including, but not limited to, a willful breach of the provisions of Section 9) that is economically injurious to the Company or to any entity in control of, controlled by or under common control with the Company ("Affiliates").

(d) Good Reason. Employee may terminate his employment for "Good Reason" within thirty (30) days after Employee has actual knowledge of the occurrence, without the written consent of Employee, of one of the following events that has not been cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof has been given by Employee to the Company:

(i) the relocation of the Company's principal executive offices or Employee's own office location to a location beyond the Metropolitan Area; or

(ii) the Company's failure to provide any material payments due to be provided to Employee.

Employee's right to terminate his employment hereunder for Good Reason shall not be affected by his incapacity due to physical or mental illness. Employee's continued employment during the thirty (30) day period referred to above in this paragraph (d) shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any act or failure to act constituting Good Reason hereunder.

(e) Without Cause. The Management Committee or the President shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment hereunder without Cause by providing Employee with a Notice of Termination, and such termination shall not in and of itself be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.

3

(f) Without Good Reason. Employee shall have the right to terminate his employment hereunder without Good Reason by providing the Company with a Notice of Termination, and such termination shall not in and of itself be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.

(g) Expiration of the Term. Unless the Company and the Employee agree to continue the employment on an at will basis pending negotiation of a new employment agreement, Employee's employment shall terminate upon the expiration of the Employment Period and such expiration shall not be deemed to be a termination by the Management Committee or the President without Cause.

5. TERMINATION PROCEDURE.

(a) Notice of Termination. Any termination of Employee's employment by the Company or by Employee during the Employment Period (other than termination pursuant to Section 5(a)) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 12. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Employee's employment under the provision so indicated.

(b) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination" shall mean (i) if Employee's employment is terminated by his death, the date of his death, (ii) if Employee's employment is terminated pursuant to Section 5(b), thirty (30) days after Notice of Termination (provided that Employee shall not have returned to the substantial performance of his duties on a full-time basis during such thirty (30) day period), (iii) if Employee's employment is terminated pursuant to Section 5(g), the date of expiration, and (iv) if Employee's employment is terminated for any other reason, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given or any later date (within thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice) set forth in such Notice of Termination.

6. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION OR DURING DISABILITY.

In the event Employee is disabled or his employment terminates during the Employment Period, the Company shall provide Employee with the payments and benefits set forth below. Employee acknowledges and agrees that the payments set forth in this Section 7 constitute liquidated damages for any claim of breach of contract under this Agreement as it relates to termination of his employment during the Employment Period. In order to receive any of the payments set forth below, prior to the payments of such amounts, Employee shall execute and agree to be bound by an agreement relating to the waiver and general release of any and all claims (other than claims for the compensation and benefits payable under Section 7 hereof) arising out of or relating to Employee's employment and termination of employment (the "Release"). Such Release must be made in a form that is reasonably satisfactory to the Company, and shall run in favor of the Company and its affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns.

(a) Termination by Management Committee without Cause or by any individual (other than Steven D. Fredrickson) serving as President without Cause. If Employee's

4

employment is terminated by the Management Committee without Cause or by any individual (other than Steven D. Fredrickson) serving as President without Cause:

(i) the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination, (B) a lump-sum payment equal to two (2) times Employee's then current Base Salary and (C) a lump-sum payment equal to two (2) times the amount of the Bonus, if any, paid to Employee in the year immediately prior to the year of termination. Such payment under clauses (B) and (C) hereof shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the Date of Termination and execution of a valid Release, but in no event more than forty-five (45) days following the execution of such Release; and

(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.

(b) Termination by Steven D. Fredrickson if serving as the President without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason. If Employee's employment is terminated by Steven D. Fredrickson if serving as the President without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason:

(i) the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination, (B) a lump-sum payment equal to one (1) times Employee's then current Base Salary and (C) a lump-sum payment equal to one (1) times the amount of the Bonus, if any, paid to Employee in the year immediately prior to the year of termination. Such payment under clauses (B) and (C) hereof shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the Date of Termination and execution of a valid Release, but in no event more than forty-five (45) days following the execution of such Release; and

(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.

(c) Cause, by Employee without Good Reason or upon Expiration of the Employment Period. If Employee's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or by Employee (other than for Good Reason) or upon expiration of the Employment Period:

(i) the Company shall pay Employee his Base Salary and, to the extent required by law or the Company's vacation policy, his accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination; provided, that, if the Employee's termination of employment occurs do to an expiration of the Employment Period initiated by a notice provided to Employee by the Company under
Section 4 of the Agreement, notwithstanding the foregoing and in lieu thereof, the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination, (B) a lump-sum payment equal to one-half (0.5) times Employee's then current Base Salary and
(C) a lump-sum payment equal to one-half (0.5) times the amount of the Bonus, if

5

any, paid to Employee in the year immediately prior to the year of termination. Such payment under clauses (B) and (C) hereof shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the Date of Termination and execution of a valid Release, but in no event more than forty-five (45) days following the execution of such Release; and

(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.

(d) Disability. During any period that Employee fails to perform his duties hereunder as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness ("Disability Period"), Employee shall continue to receive his full Base Salary set forth in Section 3(a) until his employment is terminated pursuant to
Section 5(b); provided, that, any such amounts shall be off-set, on a dollar for dollar basis, for each dollar Employee receives by any disability insurance or social security benefit. In the event Employee's employment is terminated for Disability pursuant to Section 5(b):

(i) the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, off-set, on a dollar for dollar basis, for each dollar Employee receives by any disability insurance or social security benefit, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination and (B) a Bonus, for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, pro-rated to the Date of Termination and payable at the same time as bonuses are customarily paid; and

(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.

(e) Death. If Employee's employment is terminated by his death:

(i) the Company shall pay in a lump sum to Employee's beneficiary, legal representatives or estate, as the case may be, Employee's (A) Base Salary through the Date of Termination and (B) Bonus, for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, pro-rated to the Date of Termination and payable at the same time as bonuses are customarily paid; and

(ii) Employee's beneficiary, legal representatives or estate, as the case may be, shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and benefits as may be due to any such persons or estate in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.

7. MITIGATION.

Except as otherwise noted above, Employee shall not be required to mitigate amounts payable under this Agreement by seeking other employment, and there shall be no off-set against amounts due Employee under this Agreement on account of subsequent employment except as specifically provided herein.

6

8. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS; NON-COMPETITION.

(a) Confidential Information. Employee shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all trade secrets and confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company and its businesses and investments, which shall have been obtained by Employee during Employee's employment by the Company and which is not generally available public knowledge (other than by acts by Employee in violation of this Agreement). Except as may be required or appropriate in connection with his carrying out his duties under this Agreement, Employee shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company or as may otherwise be required by law or any legal process, or as is necessary in connection with any adversarial proceeding against the Company (in which case Employee shall use his reasonable best efforts in cooperating with the Company in obtaining a protective order against disclosure by a court of competent jurisdiction), communicate or divulge any such trade secrets, information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and those designated by the Company or on behalf of the Company in the furtherance of its business or to perform duties hereunder.

(b) Removal of Documents: Rights to Products. All records, files, drawings, documents, models, equipment, and the like relating to the Company's business, which Employee has control over shall not be removed from the Company's premises without its written consent, unless such removal is in the furtherance of the Company's business or is in connection with Employee's carrying out his duties under this Agreement and, if so removed, shall be returned to the Company promptly after termination of Employee's employment hereunder, or otherwise promptly after removal if such removal occurs following termination of employment. Employee shall assign to the Company all rights to trade secrets and other products relating to the Company's business developed by him alone or in conjunction with others at any time while employed by the Company.

(c) Nonsolicitation. During the Employment Period and for two
(2) years after Employee's employment is terminated for any reason, Employee will not, directly or indirectly, solicit the customers, suppliers or key employees of the Company to terminate their relationship with the Company (or to modify such relationship in a manner that is adverse to the interests of the Company), or to violate any valid contracts they may have with the Company.

(d) Noncompetition. During the Employment Period and for one
(1) year after Employee's employment is terminated for any reason (other than pursuant to Section 5(d), by the Management Committee under Section 5(e), and by any individual (other than Steven D. Fredrickson) serving as President under
Section 5(e)), Employee will not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, control, be employed by, or perform services for any business, howsoever organized and in whatsoever form, that engages in the same or a similar line of business as the Company, as determined from its latest Business Plan, and which is located in the market area of the Company existing on the date of termination of Employee's employment with Company.

(e) Blue Pencil. If, at any time, the provisions of this
Section 9 shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, by reason of being vague or unreasonable as to area, duration or scope of activity, this Section 9 shall be considered divisible and shall become and be immediately amended to only such area, duration and scope of activity as shall be determined to

7

be reasonable and enforceable by the court or other body having jurisdiction over the matter and Employee agrees that this Section 9 as so amended shall be valid and binding as though any invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included herein.

(f) Injunctive Relief. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 9, Employee agrees that the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief in a court of appropriate jurisdiction to remedy any such breach or threatened breach, Employee acknowledging that damages would be inadequate and insufficient.

(g) Continuing Operation. Except as specifically provided in this Section 9, the termination of Employee's employment or of this Agreement shall have no effect on the continuing operation of this Section 9.

9. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY.

The limitation of liability and indemnity provisions of
Section 3.8(b)(c) and (d) of the LLC Agreement are a contractual benefit to the Employee and are a material consideration for his employment.

10. GOVERNING LAW: LEGAL FEES AND EXPENSES.

This Agreement, the employment relationship contemplated herein and any claim arising from such relationship, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflicts of laws rules. If any contest or dispute shall arise between the Company and Employee regarding the provisions of this Agreement, each party shall be responsible for the payment of its own legal fees and expenses relating to such claim or dispute regardless of outcome.

11. NOTICES.

All notices hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail with adequate postage affixed, as follows:

If to the Company, to:

Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C.
c/o Angelo, Gordon & Co., L.P.
245 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10067

Attn: David Roberts

8

If to the Employee, to:

James L. Keown
932 Gideon Road
Virginia Beach, VA 23454

12. LLC AGREEMENT.

The term "LLC Agreement" as used herein shall mean the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company dated as of the date hereof. All capitalized terms appearing in the text of this Agreement shall have the same meanings as they have in the LLC Agreement to the extent not defined herein.

13. SUCCESSORS; BINDING AGREEMENT.

(a) Company's Successors. The Company may assign or transfer this Agreement; provided, that, the Company will require any successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such assignment or transfer had taken place.

(b) Employee's Successors. No rights or obligations of Employee under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by Employee other than his rights to payments or benefits hereunder, which may be transferred only by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Upon Employee's death, this Agreement and all rights of Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Employee's beneficiary or beneficiaries, personal or legal representative, or estate, to the extent any such person succeeds to Employee's interests under this Agreement. Employee shall be entitled to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any benefit or compensation payable hereunder following Employee's death by giving the Company written notice thereof. In the event of Employee's death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in this Agreement to Employee shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to his beneficiar(y)(ies), estate or other legal representative(s). If Employee should die following his Date of Termination while any amounts would still be payable to him hereunder if he had continued to live, all such amounts unless otherwise provided herein shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to such person or persons so appointed in writing by Employee, or otherwise to his legal representatives or estate.

14. MISCELLANEOUS.

No provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified, or waived unless such amendment or modification is agreed to in writing signed by Employee and by a duly authorized officer of the Company, and such waiver is set forth in writing and signed by the party to be charged. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement. The respective rights and obligations of the parties

9

hereunder shall survive Employee's termination of employment and the termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary for the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.

15. VALIDITY.

The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

16. COUNTERPARTS.

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by any officer, employee or representative of any party hereto in respect of such subject matter. Any prior agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein is hereby terminated and cancelled.

18. WITHHOLDING.

All payments hereunder shall be subject to any required withholding of Federal, state and local taxes pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

10

EXHIBIT 10.11

19. SECTION HEADINGS.

The section headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and they form no part of this Agreement and shall not affect its interpretation.

"Company":

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.

By: /s/ JOSH BRAIN
    ----------------------------------
    Name:  Josh Brain
    Title: Capital Manager

"Employee"

By: /s/ JAMES L. KEOWN
    ----------------------------------
    James L. Keown

11

EXHIBIT 10.12

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.

2002 STOCK OPTION PLAN

SECTION 1. PURPOSE

The purposes of the Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 2002 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") are to encourage selected employees, key consultants and directors of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor thereto, the "Company"), or any present or future Subsidiary Corporation (as defined below) of the Company to acquire a proprietary interest in the growth and performance of the Company, to enhance the ability of the Company to attract, retain and reward qualified individuals upon whom, in large measure, the sustained progress, growth and profitability of the Company depend and to motivate such individuals to contribute to the achievement of the Company's business objectives and to align the interest of such individuals with the longer term interests of the Company's stockholders.

SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS

As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a) "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b) "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

(c) "Committee" shall mean a committee of the Board designated by the Board to administer the Plan and comprised of not less than two (2) Independent Directors, provided that, prior to the Company's initial public offering, the Committee shall be comprised of David Roberts only).

(d) "Fair Market Value" shall mean, with respect to Shares or other securities, the fair market value of the Shares or other securities determined by such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Committee in good faith or in accordance with applicable law. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Fair Market Value of Shares shall mean (i) the closing price per Share of the Shares on the principal exchange on which the Shares are then trading, if any, on such date, or, if the Shares were not traded on such date, then on the next preceding trading day during which a sale occurred; or (ii) if the Shares are not traded on an exchange but are quoted on the Nasdaq Stock Market or a successor quotation system, (1) the last sales price (if the Shares are then listed as a National Market Issue on the Nasdaq Stock Market) or (2) the mean between the closing representative bid and asked prices (in all other cases) for the Shares on such date as reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market or such successor quotation system; or (iii) if the Shares are not publicly traded on an exchange and not


quoted on the Nasdaq Stock Market or a successor quotation system, the mean between the closing bid and asked prices for the Shares on such date as determined in good faith by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fair Market Value of any Options granted prior to the Company's initial public offering shall be deemed to be the initial public offering price as determined by the Company's underwriters.

(e) "Incentive Stock Option" shall mean an option granted under the Plan that is designated as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto.

(f) "Independent Director" shall mean each member of the Board who meets the test for an "independent" director as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the stock exchange or quotation system on which the Shares are then listed or quoted.

(g) "Key Employee" shall mean any officer, director or other employee who is a regular full-time employee of the Company or its present and future Subsidiary Corporations.

(h) "Non-Qualified Stock Option" shall mean an Option granted under the Plan that is not designated as an Incentive Stock Option.

(i) "Option" shall mean an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

(j) "Option Agreement" shall mean a written agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing an Option granted under the Plan.

(k) "Participant" shall mean a Key Employee, key consultant (as determined by the Committee) or non-employee Director who has been granted an Option under the Plan.

(l) "Person" shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or political subdivision thereof.

(m) "Rule 16b-3" shall mean Rule 16b-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor rule or regulation thereto.

(n) "Shares" shall mean the common stock of the Company, $0.01 par value, and such other securities or property as may become the subject of Options pursuant to an adjustment made under Section 4(b) of the Plan.

(o) "Subsidiary Corporation" shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Code Section 424(f).

2

(p) "Ten Percent Stockholder" shall mean a Person, who together with his or her spouse, children and trusts and custodial accounts for their benefit, immediately at the time of the grant of an Option and assuming its immediate exercise, would beneficially own, within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code, Shares possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all of the outstanding capital stock of the Company or any Subsidiary Corporation of the Company.

SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION

(a) Generally. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Option shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time, and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Persons, including the Company, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Option, any stockholder of the Company and any employee of the Company.

(b) Powers. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law and except as provided in Section 7 hereof, the Committee shall have full power and authority to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Options to be granted to each Participant under the Plan; (iii) determine the number of Shares to be covered by Options; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Option; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Options may be settled or exercised in cash, Shares, other Options, or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended, and the method or methods by which Options may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (vi) interpret and administer the Plan and any instruments or agreements relating to, or Options granted under, the Plan; (vii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and (viii) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

SECTION 4. SHARES AVAILABLE FOR OPTIONS

(a) Shares Available. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(b):

(i) Limitation on Number of Shares. Options issuable under the Plan are limited such that the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may issued pursuant to, or by reason of, Options is 2,000,000. Further, no Participant shall be granted Options to purchase more than 200,000 Shares in any one fiscal year; provided, however, that the Committee may adopt procedures for the counting of Shares relating to any grant of Options to ensure appropriate counting, avoid double counting, and provide for adjustments in any case in which the number of Shares actually distributed differs from the number of Shares previously counted in connection with such grant. To the extent that an Option granted or ceases to remain outstanding by reason of termination of rights granted thereunder, forfeiture or otherwise, the Shares subject to such Option shall again become available for award under the Plan.

3

(ii) Sources of Shares Deliverable Under Options. Any Shares delivered pursuant to an Option may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares or of treasury Shares.

(b) Adjustments. In the event that the Committee shall determine that any change in corporate capitalization, such as a dividend or other distribution of Shares, or a corporate transaction, such as a merger, consolidation, reorganization or partial or complete liquidation of the Company or other similar corporate transaction or event, affects the Shares such that an adjustment is determined by the Committee to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem necessary to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made under the Plan, adjust any or all of (x) the number and type of Shares which thereafter may be made the subject of Options, (y) the number and type of Shares subject to outstanding Options, and
(z) the grant, purchase, or exercise price with respect to any Option or, if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Option; provided, however, in each case, that (i) with respect to Incentive Stock Options no such adjustment shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment would cause the Plan to violate Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto; (ii) such adjustment shall be made in such manner as not to adversely affect the status of any Option as "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code; and (iii) the number of Shares subject to any Option denominated in Shares shall always be a whole number.

SECTION 5. ELIGIBILITY

In determining the Persons to whom Options shall be granted and the number of Shares to be covered by each Option, the Committee shall take into account the nature of the Person's duties, such Person's present and potential contributions to the success of the Company and such other factors as it shall deem relevant in connection with accomplishing the purposes of the Plan. A Key Employee who has been granted an Option or Options under the Plan may be granted an additional Option or Options, subject to such limitations as may be imposed by the Code on the grant of Incentive Stock Options. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Key Employees of the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation.

SECTION 6. OPTIONS

The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Options to Participants upon the following terms and the conditions (except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 7) and with such additional terms and conditions, in either case not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine:

(a) Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share purchasable under Options shall be determined by the Committee at the time the Option is granted but generally shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares covered thereby at the time the Option is granted.

4

(b) Option Term. The term of each Non-Qualified Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee but generally shall not exceed ten (10) years from the date of grant.

(c) Time and Method of Exercise. The Committee shall determine the time or times at which the right to exercise an Option may vest, and the method or methods by which, and the form or forms in which, payment of the option price with respect to exercises of such Option may be made or deemed to have been made (including, without limitation, (i) cash, Shares, outstanding Options or other consideration, or any combination thereof, having a Fair Market Value on the exercise date equal to the relevant option price and (ii) a broker-assisted cashless exercise program established by the Committee, provided that any such cashless exercise program established by the Committee shall not be applicable to executive officers and directors unless and until the Committee shall have received advice of counsel that participation by executive officers and directors in such program is permissible), provided in each case that such methods avoid "short-swing" profits to the Participant under Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The payment of the exercise price of an Option may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis, in each case in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Committee.

(d) Incentive Stock Options. All terms of any Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan shall comply in all respects with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code, or any successor provision thereto, and any regulations promulgated thereunder including that, (i)(A) in the case of a grant to a Person that is not a Ten Percent Stockholder the purchase price per Share purchasable under Incentive Stock Options shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant and (B) in the case of a grant to a Ten Percent Stockholder the purchase price per Share purchasable under Incentive Stock Options shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant and (ii) the term of each Incentive Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee but shall in no event be more than ten (10) years from the date of grant, or in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, five (5) years from the date of grant.

(e) Limits on Transfer of Options. Subject to Code
Section 422, no Option and no right under any such Option, shall be assignable, alienable, saleable or transferable by a Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and such Option, and each right under any such Option, shall be exercisable during the Participant's lifetime, only by the Participant or, if permissible under applicable law (including Code Section 422, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option), by the Participant's guardian or legal representative. No Option and no right under any such Option, may be pledged, alienated, attached, or otherwise encumbered, and any purported pledge, alienation, attachment, or encumbrance thereof shall be void and unenforceable against the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its discretion, provide that Non-Qualified Stock Options be transferable, without consideration, to immediate family members (i.e., children, grandchildren or spouse), to trusts for the benefit of such immediate family members and to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners. The Committee may attach to such transferability feature such terms and conditions as it deems advisable. In addition, a Participant may, in the manner established by the Committee, designate a beneficiary (which may be a person or a trust) to exercise the rights of the Participant, and to receive any distribution, with respect to any Option

5

upon the death of the Participant. A beneficiary, guardian, legal representative or other person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Participant shall be subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Option Agreement applicable to such Participant, except as otherwise determined by the Committee, and to any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee.

(f) Tax Withholding. The Company or any Subsidiary is authorized to withhold from any Option granted any payment relating to an Option under the Plan, including from the exercise of an Option, amounts of withholding and other taxes due in connection with any transaction involving an Option, and to take such other action as the Committee may deem advisable to enable the Company and Participants to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Option. This authority shall include authority to withhold or receive Shares or other property and to make cash payments in respect thereof in satisfaction of a Participant's tax obligations.

(g) Loan Provisions. With the consent of the Committee, and subject at all times to laws and regulations and other binding obligations or provisions applicable to the Company, the Company may make, guarantee, or arrange for a loan or loans to a Participant with respect to the exercise of any Option, including the payment by a Participant of any or all federal, state, or local income or other taxes due in connection with the exercise of any Option. Subject to such limitations, the Committee shall have full authority to decide whether to make a loan or loans hereunder and to determine the amount, terms, and provisions of any such loan or loans, including the interest rate to be charged in respect of any such loan or loans, whether the loan or loans are to be with or without recourse against the borrower, the terms on which the loan is to be repaid and the conditions, if any, under which the loan or loans may be forgiven.

SECTION 7. OPTIONS AWARDED TO NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

Each non-employee Director who is a member of the Board shall automatically be granted annually a Non-Qualified Stock Option to purchase 5,000 Shares. Such Shares shall be granted at the time such Independent Director joins the Board (which for current directors shall be deemed to be the date of the Company's initial public offering) and each anniversary thereof. All Options granted pursuant to this Section 7 shall (a) be at an exercise price per Share equal to 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of the grant; (b) have a term of ten (10) years; (c) terminate (i) upon termination of an non-employee Director's service as a director of the Company for any reason other than mental or physical disability or death, (ii) three (3) months after the date the non-employee Director ceases to serve as a director of the Company due to physical or mental disability or (iii)(A) twelve (12) months after the date the non-employee Director ceases to serve as a director due to the death of the non-employee Director or (B) three (3) months after the death of the non-employee Director if such death shall occur during the three (3) month period following the date the non-employee Director ceased to serve as a director of the Company due to physical or mental disability; and (d) be otherwise on the same terms and conditions as all other Options granted pursuant to the Plan.

6

SECTION 8. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law and unless otherwise expressly provided in an Option Agreement or in the Plan:

(a) Amendments to the Plan. The Plan may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Board, but no amendment without the approval of the stockholders of the Company shall be made if such amendment would be required under Sections 162(m) or 422 of the Code, Rule 16b-3 or any other law or rule of any governmental authority, stock exchange or other self-regulatory organization to which the Company may then be subject. Neither the amendment, suspension nor termination of the Plan shall, without the consent of the holder of such Option, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Option theretofore granted.

(b) Correction of Defects, Omissions, and Inconsistencies. The Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Option in the manner and to the extent it shall deem desirable to carry the Plan into effect.

SECTION 9. GENERAL PROVISIONS

(a) No Rights to Awards. No Key Employee shall have any claim to be granted any Option under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Key Employees or holders or beneficiaries of Options under the Plan. The terms and conditions of Options need not be the same with respect to each recipient.

(b) No Right to Employment. The grant of an Option shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Company. Further, the Company may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment, free from any liability, or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in any Option Agreement.

(c) Governing Law. The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware and applicable Federal law.

(d) Severability. If any provision of the Plan or any Option is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or would disqualify the Plan or any Option under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan, such provision shall be deemed void, stricken and the remainder of the Plan and any such Option shall remain in full force and effect.

(e) No Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Option, and the Committee shall determine whether cash, other

7

securities, or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be cancelled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated.

(f) Headings. Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision hereof.

SECTION 10. EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE PLAN

The Plan is effective as of November 4, 2002, subject to stockholder approval of the Plan prior to such date.

SECTION 11. TERM OF THE PLAN

The Plan shall continue until the earlier of (i) the date on which all Options issuable hereunder have been issued, (ii) the termination of the Plan by the Board or (iii) the 10th anniversary of the effective date of the Plan. However, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in an applicable Option Agreement, any Option theretofore granted may extend beyond such date and the authority of the Committee to amend, alter, adjust, suspend, discontinue, or terminate any such Option or to waive any conditions or rights under any such Option, and the authority of the Board to amend the Plan, shall extend beyond such date.

8